You are on page 1of 351

BODY EXTERIOR, DOORS, ROOF & VEHICLE SECURITY

SECTION

BRM

BODY REPAIR

CONTENTS
VEHICLE INFORMATION ............................ 2 .
BODY EXTERIOR PAINT COLOR .................... 2 .
Body Exterior Paint Color ...................................... 2 . Radiator Core Support ............................................27 . Hoodledge ..............................................................27 . Front Side Member (2WD) .....................................30 . Front Side Member (AWD) .....................................33 . Front Side Member (Partial Replacement) ..........35 . Front Pillar .............................................................36 . Outer Sill ................................................................39 . Rear Fender ...........................................................42 . Lock Pillar Reinforcement .......................................44 . Lock Pillar Reinforcement (Partial Replacement) ....45 Outer Wheelhouse ..................................................46 . Rear Panel .............................................................48 . Rear Floor Rear ....................................................48 . Rear Side Member Extension (2WD) .....................49 . Rear Side Member Extension (AWD) .....................50 .

PRECAUTION .............................................. 3 .
REPAIRING HIGH STRENGTH STEEL ............. 3 .
High Strength Steel (HSS) ..................................... 3 .

PREPARATION ........................................... 6 .
REPAIRING MATERIAL .................................... 6 .
Foam Repair ............................................................ 6 .

BODY COMPONENT PARTS ............................ 8 .


Underbody Component Parts ................................. 8 . Body Component Parts .......................................... 10 .

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 12 .


CORROSION PROTECTION ............................12 .
Description ............................................................. 12 . Anti-corrosive Wax ................................................. 12 . Undercoating (2WD) .............................................. 13 . Undercoating (AWD) .............................................. 14 . Body Sealing (2WD) ............................................... 15 . Body Sealing (AWD) .............................................. 18 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS BRM (SDS) ........................................................... 52 .


BODY ALIGNMENT .......................................... 52
Body Center Marks ...............................................52 . Description ..............................................................53 . Engine Compartment (2WD) ..................................53 . Engine Compartment (AWD) ..................................55 . Underbody (2WD) ...................................................57 . Underbody (AWD) ..................................................60 . Passenger Compartment .......................................63 . Rear Body ..............................................................64 . L

BODY CONSTRUCTION ...................................22 .


Body Construction .................................................. 22 . Rear Fender Hemming Process ............................. 23 .

LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS .................... 67


Precautions for Plastics ..........................................67 . Location of Plastic Parts .........................................68 . O

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS .......................25 .


Description ............................................................. 25 .

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-1

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY EXTERIOR PAINT COLOR


< VEHICLE INFORMATION >

VEHICLE INFORMATION
BODY EXTERIOR PAINT COLOR
Body Exterior Paint Color
INFOID:0000000004249889

JSKIA0361GB

Color code Description Component Paint type Note Anti scratch advanced paint 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Bumper fascia Front grille Front pillar finisher Door outside mirror Cover Body color Chromium plate Body color Body color Body color Body color Body color Body color Body color

BA54 Red CS BA54 Cr BA54 BA54 BA54 BA54 BA54 BA54 BA54

BB21 Blue PM BB21 Cr BB21 BB21 BB21 BB21 BB21 BB21 BB21

BKH3 Black 2S BKH3 Cr BKH3 BKH3 BKH3 BKH3 BKH3 BKH3 BKH3

BK23 Silver M BK23 Cr BK23 BK23 BK23 BK23 BK23 BK23 BK23

BK51 Gray M BK51 Cr BK51 BK51 BK51 BK51 BK51 BK51 BK51

BK52 Dark Gray PM BK52 Cr BK52 BK52 BK52 BK52 BK52 BK52 BK52

BK57 Gray TPM BK57 Cr BK57 BK57 BK57 BK57 BK57 BK57 BK57

BQAA White 3P BQAA Cr BQAA BQAA BQAA BQAA BQAA BQAA BQAA

Trunk lid finisher Satellite radio antenna Fuel filler lid Door outside handle Center mudguard

NOTE: 2S: Solid + Clear CS: Color clear solid M: Metallic P: 2-Coat pearl 3P: 3-Coat pearl FPM: Iron oxide pearl RPM: Multi flex color TPM: Titanium pearl metallic TM: Micro titanium metallic PM: Pearl metallic

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-2

2009 G37 Coupe

REPAIRING HIGH STRENGTH STEEL


< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
REPAIRING HIGH STRENGTH STEEL
High Strength Steel (HSS)
INFOID:0000000004249904

High strength steel is used for body panels in order to reduce vehicle weight. Accordingly, precautions in repairing automotive bodies made of high strength steel are described below:
Tensile strength 370 - 590 MPa Major applicable parts Front strut housing Hoodledge reinforcement Lower dash crossmember assembly Lower dash Upper front pillar reinforcement Trans control reinforcement (Center front floor component part) 2nd and 3rd crossmember (Front floor component part) Inner sill Outer sill reinforcement Outer lock pillar reinforcement Upper outer rear wheelhouse extension Front side member assembly Front side member closing plate assembly Front side member outrigger assembly Rear side member assembly Outer door panel Trunk lid Other reinforcements

780 - 1350 MPa

Front side member stiffener (Front floor component part) Upper inner lock pillar reinforcement (Outer lock pillar reinforcement component part) Outer rear sill reinforcement (Lower outer rear wheelhouse extension component part)

BRM

Read the following precautions when repairing HSS: 1. Additional points to consider The repair of reinforcements (such as side members) by heating is not recommended, because it may weaken the component. When heating is unavoidable, never heat HSS parts above 550C (1,022F). Verify heating temperature with a thermometer. (Crayon-type and other similar type thermometer are appropriate.)

PIIA0115E

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-3

2009 G37 Coupe

REPAIRING HIGH STRENGTH STEEL


< PRECAUTION > When straightening body panels, use caution in pulling any HSS panel. Because HSS is very strong, pulling may cause deformation in adjacent sections of the body. In this case, increase the number of measuring points, and carefully pull the HSS panel.

PIIA0116E

When cutting HSS panels, avoid gas (torch) cutting if possible. Instead, use a saw to avoid weakening surrounding areas due to heat. If gas (torch) cutting is unavoidable, allow a minimum margin of 50 mm (1.97in).

PIIA0117E

When welding HSS panels, use spot welding whenever possible in order to minimize weakening surrounding areas due to heat. If spot welding is impossible, use MIG. welding. Do not use gas (torch) for welding because it is inferior in welding strength.

JSKIA0082GB

Spot welding on HSS panels is harder than that of an ordinary steel panel. Therefore, when cutting spot welds on a HSS panel, use a low speed high torque drill (1,000 to 1,200 rpm) to increase drill bit durability and facilitate the operation.

PIIA0145E

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-4

2009 G37 Coupe

REPAIRING HIGH STRENGTH STEEL


< PRECAUTION > 2. Precautions in spot welding HSS This work should be performed under standard working conditions. Always note the following when spot welding HSS: The electrode tip diameter must be sized properly according to the metal thickness.

C
PIIA0146E

The panel surfaces must fit flush to each other, leaving no gaps.
E

G
PIIA0147E

Follow the specifications for the proper welding pitch.


Unit: mm (in)

Thickness (T) 0.6 (0.024) 0.8 (0.031) 1.0 (0.039) 1.2 (0.047) 1.6 (0.063) 1.8 (0.071)

Minimum pitch (L) 10 (0.39) or over 12 (0.47) or over 18 (0.71) or over 20 (0.79) or over 27 (1.06) or over 31 (1.22) or over
JSKIA0781ZZ

BRM

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-5

2009 G37 Coupe

REPAIRING MATERIAL
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION
REPAIRING MATERIAL
Foam Repair
INFOID:0000000004684823

During factory body assembly, foam insulators are installed in certain body panels and locations around the vehicle. Use the following procedure(s) to replace any factory-installed foam insulators.

URETHANE FOAM APPLICATIONS


Use commercially available Urethane foam for sealant (foam material) repair of material used on vehicle. <Urethane foam for foaming agent> Read instructions on product for fill procedures.
Example of foaming agent filling operation procedure

3M Automix Flexible Foam 08463 or equivalent

1. a. b. c. d.

Fill procedures after installation of service part. Eliminate foam material remaining on vehicle side. Clean area after eliminating form insulator and foam material. Install service part. Insert nozzle into hole near fill area and fill foam material or fill enough to close gap with the service part.

JSKIA0129GB

1. A.

Urethane foam Nozzle insert hole : Vehicle front

2. a. b. c.

Fill procedures before installation of service part. Eliminate foam material remaining on vehicle side. Clean area after eliminating foam insulator and foam material. Fill foam material on wheelhouse outer side.

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-6

2009 G37 Coupe

REPAIRING MATERIAL
< PREPARATION >
A
1. A. Urethane foam Fill while avoiding flange area : Vehicle front

d.

NOTE: Fill enough to close gap with service part while avoiding flange area. Install service part. NOTE: Refer to label for information on working times.

C
JSKIA0130GB

BRM

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-7

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY COMPONENT PARTS


< PREPARATION >

BODY COMPONENT PARTS


Underbody Component Parts
INFOID:0000000004249891

JSKIA0878ZZ

1. 4.

Radiator core support assembly (RH 2. & LH) Upper front hoodledge (RH & LH) 5.

Front strut housing (RH & LH) Upper rear hoodledge (RH & LH)

3. 6.

Lower rear hoodledge (RH & LH) Hoodledge reinforcement (RH & LH)

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-8

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY COMPONENT PARTS


< PREPARATION >
7. Upper side cowl top (RH & LH) 8. Upper front cowl top assembly 9. Cowl top bracket 10. Upper dash 13. Lower battery support bracket 16. Front floor (RH & LH) 19. Rear floor front 22. Spare tire clamp bracket 25. Front side member front extension (RH & LH) 28. Front side member front closing plate (RH & LH) 11. Lower dash crossmember assembly 12. Lower outer battery support bracket 14. Lower dash 17. Inner sill (RH & LH) 15. Center front floor 18. Rear seat crossmember reinforcement assembly

20. Rear floor seat belt anchor reinforce- 21. Rear floor rear ment 23. Rear floor side (RH & LH) 26. Front side member connector assembly (RH & LH) 29. Front side member center closing plate (RH & LH) 24. Front side member assembly (RH & LH) 27. Front side member closing plate assembly (RH & LH) 30. Front side member rear extension (RH & LH) 33. 2nd rear crossmember

31. Front side member outrigger assem- 32. Rear seat crossmember bly (RH & LH) 34. Rear crossmember center assembly 35. Rear side member assembly (RH & LH) 37. Front side rear closing reinforcement (RH & LH) : Both sided anti-corrosive precoated steel sections : High strength steel (HSS) sections : Both sided anti-corrosive steel and HSS sections NOTE:

E
36. Rear side member extension (RH & LH)

For the parts without a number described in the figure, it is supplied only with the assembly part that the part is included with.

BRM

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-9

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY COMPONENT PARTS


< PREPARATION >

Body Component Parts

INFOID:0000000004249892

JSKIA0365GB

1. 4.

Hood Front pillar brace (RH & LH)

2. 5.

Front fender (RH & LH)

3.

Upper front pillar reinforcement (RH & LH) Outer side roof rail reinforcement (RH & LH)

Outer lock pillar reinforcement (RH & 6. LH)

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-10

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY COMPONENT PARTS


< PREPARATION >
7. Outer step sill (RH & LH) 8. Outer sill reinforcement (RH & LH) 9. Upper inner front pillar assembly (RH & LH)

10. Front roof rail brace (RH & LH) 13. Inner center pillar (RH & LH) 16. Outer rear wheelhouse (RH & LH) 19. Inner rear wheelhouse (RH & LH) 22. Parcel shelf with rear waist 25. Roof bow No.1 28. Roof assembly 31. Rear bumper center bracket (RH & LH) 34. Rear bumper fascia center bracket 37. Outer door panel (RH & LH) 40. Rear bumper stay (RH & LH) 43. Rear bumper overrider assembly

11. Inner side roof rail (RH & LH) 14. Inner rear pillar (RH & LH)

12. Rear roof rail brace (RH & LH) 15. Rear pillar reinforcement (RH & LH)

17. Upper outer rear wheelhouse exten- 18. Lower outer rear wheelhouse extension (RH & LH) sion (RH & LH) 20. Side parcel shelf (RH & LH) 23. Roof 26. Roof bow No.2 29. Rear fender assembly (RH & LH) 32. Rear fender extension (RH & LH) 35. Rear bumper fascia bracket 38. Trunk lid 41. Inner center rear bumper reinforcement assembly 21. Seat back support (RH & LH) 24. Front roof rail 27. Rear roof rail 30. Tail pillar assembly (RH & LH) 33. Rear panel assembly 36. Door assembly (RH & LH) 39. Inner center front bumper reinforcement 42. Center rear bumper reinforcement

: Both sided anti-corrosive precoated steel sections : High strength steel (HSS) sections : Both sided anti-corrosive steel and HSS sections * : Aluminum portion NOTE: For the parts without a number described in the figure, it is supplied only with the assembly part that the part is included with.

BRM

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-11

2009 G37 Coupe

CORROSION PROTECTION
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


CORROSION PROTECTION
Description
INFOID:0000000004684876

To provide improved corrosion prevention, the following anti-corrosive measures have been implemented in NISSAN production plants. When repairing or replacing body panels, it is necessary to use the same anti-corrosive measures.

Anti-Corrosive Precoated Steel (Galvannealed Steel)


To improve repairability and corrosion resistance, a new type of anticorrosive precoated steel sheet is adopted replacing conventional zinc-coated steel sheet. Galvannealed steel is electroplated and heated to form Zinc-iron alloy, which provides excellent and long term corrosion resistance with cationic electrodeposition primer.

SIIA2294E

NISSAN genuine parts are fabricated from galvannealed steel. Therefore, it is recommended that NISSAN genuine parts or an equivalent be used for panel replacement to maintain the anti-corrosive performance built into the vehicle at the factory.

Phosphate Coating Treatment and Cationic Electrodeposition Primer


A phosphate coating treatment and a cationic electrodeposition primer, which provide excellent corrosion protection, are applied to all body components. CAUTION: Confine paint removal during welding operation to an absolute minimum.

PIIA0095E

NISSAN genuine parts are also treated in the same manner. Therefore, it is recommended that NISSAN genuine parts or an equivalent be used for panel replacement to maintain anti-corrosive performance built into the vehicle at the factory.

Anti-corrosive Wax

INFOID:0000000004249894

To improve corrosion resistance, anti-corrosive wax is applied inside the body sill and inside other closed sections. Accordingly, when replacing these parts, be sure to apply anti-corrosive wax to the appropriate areas of the new parts. Select an excellent anti-corrosive wax which will penetrate after application and has a long shelf life.

DOOR

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-12

2009 G37 Coupe

CORROSION PROTECTION
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

H
JSKIA0366GB

A.

Nozzle insert hole : Anti-corrosive wax coated portions

I
INFOID:0000000004249895

Undercoating (2WD)

The underside of the floor and wheelhouse are undercoated to prevent rust, vibration, noise and stone chipping. Therefore, when such a panel is replaced or repaired, apply undercoating to that part. Use an undercoating which is rust resistant, soundproof, vibration-proof, shock-resistant, adhesive, and durable.

BRM

Precautions in Undercoating
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Never apply undercoating to any place unless specified (such as the areas above the muffler and threeway catalyst that are subjected to heat). Never undercoat the exhaust pipe or other parts that become hot. Never undercoat rotating parts. Apply bitumen wax after applying undercoating. After putting seal on the vehicle, put undercoating on it.
L

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-13

2009 G37 Coupe

CORROSION PROTECTION
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JSKIA1697ZZ

: Undercoated areas : Sealed portions

Undercoating (AWD)

INFOID:0000000004553935

The underside of the floor and wheelhouse are undercoated to prevent rust, vibration, noise and stone chipping. Therefore, when such a panel is replaced or repaired, apply undercoating to that part. Use an undercoating which is rust resistant, soundproof, vibration-proof, shock-resistant, adhesive, and durable.

Precautions in Undercoating
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Never apply undercoating to any place unless specified (such as the areas above the muffler and threeway catalyst that are subjected to heat). Never undercoat the exhaust pipe or other parts that become hot. Never undercoat rotating parts. Apply bitumen wax after applying undercoating. After putting seal on the vehicle, put undercoating on it.

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-14

2009 G37 Coupe

CORROSION PROTECTION
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

H
JSKIA1698ZZ

: Undercoated areas : Sealed portions

I
INFOID:0000000004249896

Body Sealing (2WD)


DESCRIPTION

The following figure shows the areas that are sealed at the factory. Sealant that is applied to these areas should be smooth and free from cuts or gaps. Care should be taken not to apply an excess amount of sealant BRM and not to allow other unaffected parts to come into contact with the sealant.
L

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-15

2009 G37 Coupe

CORROSION PROTECTION
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JSKIA1699ZZ

: Vehicle front : Sealed portions

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-16

2009 G37 Coupe

CORROSION PROTECTION
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BRM

O
JSKIA0369GB

P
: Vehicle front : Sealed portions

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-17

2009 G37 Coupe

CORROSION PROTECTION
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JSKIA0370GB

: Vehicle front : Sealed portions

Body Sealing (AWD)


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004554898

The following figure shows the areas that are sealed at the factory. Sealant that is applied to these areas should be smooth and free from cuts or gaps. Care should be taken not to apply an excess amount of sealant and not to allow other unaffected parts to come into contact with the sealant.

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-18

2009 G37 Coupe

CORROSION PROTECTION
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BRM

N
JSKIA1700ZZ

: Vehicle front : Sealed portions

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-19

2009 G37 Coupe

CORROSION PROTECTION
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JSKIA0872ZZ

: Vehicle front : Sealed portions

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-20

2009 G37 Coupe

CORROSION PROTECTION
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BRM

L
JSKIA0370GB

: Vehicle front : Sealed portions

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-21

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY CONSTRUCTION
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

BODY CONSTRUCTION
Body Construction
INFOID:0000000004249897

JSKIA0371GB

1. 4. 7.

Upper outer front pillar Inner front pillar reinforcement Upper hinge plate

2. 5. 8.

Outer front pillar reinforcement Lower outer front pillar Weld nut

3. 6. 9.

Upper inner front pillar Front pillar hinge brace Upper rear hoodledge

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-22

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY CONSTRUCTION
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
10. Hoodledge reinforcement 13. Lower dash crossmember 16. Outer sill reinforcement 19. Lower dash 22. Outer sill brace 25. 2nd crossmember 28. Center sill reinforcement 31. Inner lock pillar 34. Inner side roof rail 37. Outer rear wheelhouse extension 40. Rear tie down hook bracket 43. Outer rear wheelhouse brace 11. Upper dash 14. Lower front pillar gusset 17. Lower front pillar reinforcement 20. Front side member outrigger 23. Inner sill reinforcement 26. Rear fender 29. 3rd crossmember 32. Lock pillar seat belt anchor 35. Inner rear pillar 38. Outer rear wheelhouse 41. Rear side member front reinforcement 44. Inner rear wheelhouse 12. Lower hinge plate 15. Front fender bracket 18. Inner sill 21. Outer step sill 24. Front floor 27. Lock pillar reinforcement 30. Upper inner lock pillar reinforcement 33. Rear pillar reinforcement 36. Outer rear sill reinforcement 39. Rear side member front 42. Rear floor front

Rear Fender Hemming Process


1. 2.

INFOID:0000000004684833

A wheel arch is to be installed and hemmed over the left and right outer wheel houses. In order to hem the wheel arch, it is necessary to repair any damaged or defaced parts around outer wheel house. CAUTION: Ensure that the area that is to be glued around the outer wheelhouse is undamaged or defaced.

PROCEDURE OF THE HEMMING PROCESS


Peel off old bonding material on the surface of the outer wheelhouse and clean thoroughly. Peel off a primer coat in the specified area where new adhesive is to be applied on rear fender (the replacing part). Apply new adhesive to both specified areas of the outer wheelhouse and rear fender. <Adhesive> 3M Automix Panel Bonding Adhesive 08115 or equivalent
JSKIA0136GB

Attach rear fender to the body of the car, and weld the required part except the hemming part. Bend the welded part starting from the center of the wheel arch gradually with a hammer and a dolly. (Also hem the end of the flange.) Hemming with a hammer is conducted to an approximate angle of 80 degrees.

BRM

N
SIIA2245E

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-23

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY CONSTRUCTION
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Starting from the center, hem the wheel arch gradually, using slight back and forth motion with a hemming tool.

SIIA2246E

Seal up the area around the hemmed end of the flange.

JSKIA0137GB

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-24

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
Description
INFOID:0000000004684824

This section is prepared for technicians who have attained a high level of skill and experience in repairing collision-damaged vehicles and also use modern service tools and equipment. Persons unfamiliar with body repair techniques should not attempt to repair collision-damaged vehicles by using this section. Technicians are also encouraged to read the Body Repair Manual (Fundamentals) in order to ensure that the original functions and quality of the vehicle are maintained. The Body Repair Manual (Fundamentals) contains additional information, including cautions and warnings, that are not including in this manual. Technicians should refer to both manuals to ensure proper repair. Please note that this information is prepared for worldwide usage, and as such, certain procedures might not apply in some regions or countries.
The symbols used in this section for welding operations are shown below.

Symbol marks

Description

F
2-spot welds

G
JSKIA0049ZZ

H
JSKIA0053ZZ

3-spot welds

I
JSKIA0050ZZ

BRM

JSKIA0054ZZ

MIG plug weld

For 3 panels plug weld method

M
JSKIA0051ZZ

N
JSKIA0055ZZ

O
MIG seam weld / Point weld

P
JSKIA0052ZZ JSKIA0056ZZ

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-25

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Front pillar butt joint can be determined anywhere within shaded area as shown in the figure. The best location for the butt joint is at position A due to the construction of the vehicle.

PIIA0150E

Determine cutting position and record distance from the locating indent. Use this distance when cutting the service part. Cut outer front pillar over 60 mm (2.36 in) above the inner front pillar cut position.

JSKIA0104GB

Prepare a cutting jig to make outer pillar easier to cut. Also, this will permit the service part to be accurately cut at the joint position.

JSKIA0105GB

An example of cutting operation using a cutting jig is as per the following. 1. Mark cutting lines. A: Cut position of outer pillar B: Cut position of inner pillar 2. Align cutting line with notch on jig. Clamp jig to pillar. 3. Cut outer pillar along groove of jig (at position A). 4. Remove jig and cut remaining portions. 5. Cut inner pillar at position B in same manner.
PIIA0153E

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-26

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

Radiator Core Support

INFOID:0000000004249906

BRM

JSKIA0373GB

: Vehicle front Replacement parts Radiator core support assembly (LH) Front side member connector assembly (LH)
INFOID:0000000004249907

Hoodledge
Work after radiator core support is removed. Remove the front side member center closing plate (reusable).
Revision: 2009 October

BRM-27

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JSKIA0374GB

1.

Front side member center closing plate : Vehicle front

Replacement parts Upper front hoodledge (LH) Hoodledge reinforcement (LH) Front strut housing (LH)

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-28

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BRM

N
JSKIA0375GB

: Vehicle front

View C and F: Before installing hoodledge reinforcement


P

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-29

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JSKIA0376GB

1.

Front side member center closing plate : Vehicle front

Front Side Member (2WD)

INFOID:0000000004249908

Work after radiator core support and hoodledge are removed. Assemble the hoodledge and check the fitting according to Body Alignment before replacing the front side member center closing plate.

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-30

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BRM

N
JSKIA0377GB

: Vehicle front Replacement parts Front side member assembly (LH) Front side member closing plate assembly (LH) Front side member outrigger assembly (LH)

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-31

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JSKIA0378GB

: Vehicle front

View G: Before installing front side member outrigger assembly

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-32

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BRM

N
JSKIA0379GB

: Vehicle front

O
INFOID:0000000004553900

Front Side Member (AWD)

Work after radiator core support and hoodledge are removed. Assemble the hoodledge and check the fitting according to Body Alignment before replacing the front side member center closing plate.

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-33

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JSKIA0866GB

Unit: mm (in) : Vehicle front Replacement parts Front side member assembly (LH) Front side member closing plate assembly (LH) Front side member outrigger assembly (LH)

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-34

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BRM

N
JSKIA0867GB

Unit: mm (in) : Vehicle front

View F and H: Before installing front side member outrigger assembly

P
INFOID:0000000004249909

Front Side Member (Partial Replacement)


Work after radiator core support is removed.

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-35

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JSKIA0873GB

Unit: mm (in) : Vehicle front Replacement parts Front side member front extension (RH) Front side member front closing plate (RH)
INFOID:0000000004249910

Front Pillar
Work after hoodledge reinforcement and outer step sill are removed.

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-36

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BRM

N
JSKIA0381GB

1.

Urethane foam : Vehicle front

Replacement parts Upper front pillar reinforcement (LH) Upper rear hoodledge (LH) Upper inner front pillar assembly (LH)

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-37

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JSKIA0382GB

: Vehicle front

View D: Before installing upper front pillar reinforcement

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-38

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BRM

N
JSKIA0383GB

1.

Urethane foam : Vehicle front

2.

Inner front pillar reinforcement

Outer Sill

INFOID:0000000004249911

Work after hoodledge reinforcement, outer lock pillar reinforcement and rear fender are removed. Remove the welding point (A) for easier replacement.

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-39

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JSKIA0384GB

1.

Urethane foam (Cover the hole with urethane foam completely.) : Vehicle front

Replacement parts Outer step sill (LH) Lower outer rear wheelhouse extension (LH) Outer sill reinforcement (LH) Upper outer rear wheelhouse extension (LH)

Remove the welding point (A) for easier replacement.

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-40

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BRM

N
JSKIA0385GB

: Vehicle front : Drill 8 mm (0.31 in) hole for the plug welding hole (ultra high strength steel plate).

View D: Before installing outer sill reinforcement View E: Before installing outer sill reinforcement and upper outer rear wheelhouse extension View F: Before installing outer sill reinforcement, upper outer rear wheelhouse extension and lower outer rear wheelhouse extension View G: Before installing outer step sill

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-41

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

Rear Fender

INFOID:0000000004249912

JSKIA0386GB

A.

Hemming portion : Vehicle front : Drill 10 mm (0.39 in) hole for the plug welding hole (ultra high strength plate).

Replacement parts Rear fender assembly (LH)

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-42

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BRM

N
JSKIA0387GB

: Vehicle front : Drill 8 mm (0.31 in) hole for the plug welding hole (ultra high strength plate).

INSTALLATION NOTES

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-43

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Apply the adhesive to the flange of wheel arch and hem it. Seal up the area around the hemmed end of the flange. Refer to BRM-23, "Rear Fender Hemming Process".
1. 3. Outer rear wheelhouse Adhesive 2. 4. Rear fender Sealant

JSKIA0204GB

Lock Pillar Reinforcement

INFOID:0000000004249913

Work after roof and rear fender are removed. Never cut and joint the shaded area (see Figure) of lock pillar reinforcement, because it is made of ultra high strength steel plate.

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-44

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BRM

N
JSKIA0388GB

: Vehicle front : Drill 10 mm (0.39 in) hole for the plug welding hole (ultra high strength steel plate). Replacement parts Outer lock pillar reinforcement (LH)

P
INFOID:0000000004249914

Lock Pillar Reinforcement (Partial Replacement)

Work after rear fender are removed. Never cut and joint the shaded area (see Figure) of lock pillar reinforcement and the upper inner lock pillar reinforcement, because they are made of ultra high strength steel plate.

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-45

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JSKIA0389GB

1.

Upper inner lock pillar reinforcement : Vehicle front

Replacement parts Outer lock pillar reinforcement (LH)

Outer Wheelhouse

INFOID:0000000004249915

Work after rear fender is removed. Cut the upper outer rear wheelhouse extension and the rear pillar reinforcement as shown in the figure for repairing the hidden welding point. Reuse the upper outer rear wheelhouse extension and the rear pillar reinforcement (cut parts).
Revision: 2009 October

BRM-46

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BRM

N
JSKIA0390GB

: vehicle front Replacement parts Outer rear wheelhouse (LH)

View B: Before installing upper outer rear wheelhouse extension View C: Before installing rear pillar reinforcement

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-47

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

Rear Panel

INFOID:0000000004249916

JSKIA0391GB

: An equivalent welding portion with the same dimensions is on the opposite side. Replacement parts Rear panel assembly

Rear Floor Rear


Work after rear panel is removed.

INFOID:0000000004249917

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-48

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BRM

N
JSKIA0392GB

: Vehicle front : An equivalent welding portion with the same dimensions is on the opposite side. Replacement parts Rear floor rear Spare tire clamp bracket
INFOID:0000000004249918

Rear Side Member Extension (2WD)


Work after rear panel is removed.

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-49

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JSKIA0393GB

: Vehicle front Replacement parts Rear side member extension (LH)

Rear Side Member Extension (AWD)


Work after rear panel is removed.

INFOID:0000000004553901

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-50

2009 G37 Coupe

REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BRM

N
JSKIA0869ZZ

: Vehicle front Replacement parts Rear side member extension (LH)

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-51

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY ALIGNMENT
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


BODY ALIGNMENT
Body Center Marks
INFOID:0000000004674753

A mark is placed on each part of the body to indicate the vehicle center. When repairing the vehicle frame (members, pillars, etc.) damaged by an accident which it enables more accurate and effective repair by using these marks together with body alignment specifications.

JSKIA0372GB

: Vehicle front
Unit: mm (in)

Points A, B C D Upper dash Front roof Rear roof

Portion Embossment Embossment Embossment

Marks

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-52

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY ALIGNMENT
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Points E F Rear waist Trans control reinforcement Portion Embossment Hole 1412 (0.550.47)
INFOID:0000000004249899

Marks

Description

All dimensions indicated in the figures are actual. When using a tracking gauge, adjust both pointers to equal length. Then check the pointers and gauge itself to make sure there is no free play. When a measuring tape is used, check to be sure there is no elongation, twisting or bending. Measurements should be taken at the center of the mounting holes. An asterisk (*) following the value at the measuring point indicates that the measuring point on the other side is symmetrically the same value. The coordinates of the measurement points are the distances measured from the standard line of X, Y and Z. Z: Imaginary base line [200 mm (7.87 in) below datum line (0Z at design plan)]

J
JSKIA0073GB

1.

Vehicle center

2.

Front axle center

3.

Imaginary base line


INFOID:0000000004555403

BRM

Engine Compartment (2WD)


Measurement

Dimensions marked with * indicate symmetrically identical dimensions on both the right and left hand of the vehicle.
M

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-53

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY ALIGNMENT
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

JSKIA0352GB

The others Unit: mm (in)

Point A-D B-D

Dimension 744 (29.29)* 227 (8.94)*

Memo

Point B-d C-h

Dimension 1489 (58.62)* 875 (34.45)*

Memo

Point D-d J-j

Dimension 1427 (56.18) 903 (35.55)

Memo

Measurement Points

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-54

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY ALIGNMENT
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A

BRM

L
JSKIA0353GB

: Vehicle front
Unit: mm (in)

Point A B, b C, c D, d E, e

Material Upper dash indent of center positioning mark Hood hinge installing hole center 12 (0.47) Front strut installing hole center 1610 (0.630.39) Upper front fender bracket installing hole center 7 (0.28) Hoodledge reinforcement hole center 12 (0.47) F, f G, g

Point

Material Radiator core stay installing hole center 12 (0.47) Front side member hole center 20 (0.79) Nut holder hole center 16 (0.63) Front bumper stay installing hole center 11 (0.43)

H, h, J, j K, k, M, m

Engine Compartment (AWD)


Measurement
Revision: 2009 October

INFOID:0000000004555408

BRM-55

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY ALIGNMENT
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Dimensions marked with * indicate symmetrically identical dimensions on both the right and left hand of the vehicle.

JSKIA0874GB

Unit: mm (in)
The others Unit: mm (in)

Point A-D B-D

Dimension 744 (29.29)* 227 (8.94)*

Memo

Point B-d C-h

Dimension 1489 (58.62)* 878 (34.57)*

Memo

Point D-d J-j

Dimension 1427 (56.18) 906 (35.67)

Memo

Measurement Points

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-56

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY ALIGNMENT
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A

BRM

L
JSKIA0875ZZ

: Vehicle front
Unit: mm (in)

Point A B, b C, c D, d E, e

Material Upper dash indent of center positioning mark Hood hinge installing hole center 12 (0.47) Front strut installing hole center 1610 (0.630.39) Upper front fender bracket installing hole center 7 (0.28) Hoodledge reinforcement hole center 12 (0.47) F, f G, g

Point

Material Radiator core stay installing hole center 12 (0.47) Front side member hole center 20 (0.79) Nut holder hole center 16 (0.63) Front bumper stay installing hole center 11 (0.43)

H, h, J, j K, k, M, m

Underbody (2WD)
Measurement
Revision: 2009 October

INFOID:0000000004249901

BRM-57

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY ALIGNMENT
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Dimensions marked with * indicate symmetrically identical dimensions on both the right and left hand of the vehicle.

JSKIA0893GB

Unit: mm (in) : Vehicle front : Bolt head

Measurement Points
Revision: 2009 October

BRM-58

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY ALIGNMENT
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A

BRM

L
JSKIA0355GB

: Vehicle front
Unit: mm (in)

Points A, a B, b C, c D, d E, e F, f

Coordinates X 416.0 (16.378) 415.0 (16.339) 392.0 (15.433) 428.0 (16.850) 438.0 (17.244) 437.5 (17.224) Y 496.0 (19.528) 104.0 (4.094) 414.0 (16.299) 816.6 (32.150) 1100.0 (43.307) 1810.0 (71.260) Z 224.5 (8.839) 133.5 (5.256) 64.5 (2.539) 80.0 (3.150) 78.0 (3.071) 81.2 (3.197)

Remarks Hole 13 (0.51) Bolt head Bolt head Hole 1618 (0.630.71) Hole 16 (0.63) Hole 16 (0.63)

Points J, j K k M m N, n

Coordinates X 451.5 (17.776) 550.0 (21.654) 500.0 (19.685) 533.0 (20.984) 533.0 (20.984) 423.0 (16.654) Y 3163.9 (124.563) 3264.6 (128.527) 3273.3 (128.870) 3475.0 (136.811) 3475.0 (136.811) 38.0 (1.496) Z 179.1 (7.051) 318.0 (12.520) 318.0 (12.520) 317.0 (12.480) 316.4 (12.457) 674.5 (26.555)

Remarks Bolt head

O
Hole 8 (0.31) Hole 8 (0.31) Hole 16 (0.63) Hole 16 (0.63) Hole 50.1 (1.972)

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-59

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY ALIGNMENT
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Points G, g H, h Coordinates X 604.0 (23.779) 472.6 (18.606) Y 2390.5 (94.114) 2603.8 (102.512) Z 128.3 (5.051) 114.0 (4.488) Remarks Hole 13 (0.51) Bolt head Points O, o Coordinates X 488.4 (19.228) Y 2891.7 (113.846) Z 825.0 (32.480) Remarks Hole 68 (2.68)

Underbody (AWD)
Measurement

INFOID:0000000004555222

Dimensions marked with * indicate symmetrically identical dimensions on both the right and left hand of the vehicle.

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-60

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY ALIGNMENT
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A

BRM

O
JSKIA0876GB

Unit: mm (in) : Vehicle front : Bolt head

Measurement Points

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-61

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY ALIGNMENT
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

JSKIA0877ZZ

: Vehicle front
Unit: mm (in)

Points A, a B, b C, c D, d E, e F, f

Coordinates X 416.0 (16.378) 411.0 (16.181) 395.0 (15.551) 428.0 (16.850) 438.0 (17.244) 437.5 (17.224) Y 496.0 (19.528) 261.0 (10.276) 76.0 (2.992) 816.6 (32.150) 1100.0 (43.307) 1810.0 (71.260) Z 224.5 (8.839) 105.5 (4.154) 129.5 (5.098) 80.0 (3.150) 78.0 (3.071) 81.2 (3.197)

Remarks Hole 13 (0.51) Bolt head Bolt head Hole 1618 (0.630.71) Hole 16 (0.63) Hole 16 (0.63)

Points J, j K k M m N, n

Coordinates X 451.5 (17.776) 550.0 (21.654) 500.0 (19.685) 533.0 (20.984) 533.0 (20.984) 423.0 (16.654) Y 3163.9 (124.563) 3264.6 (128.527) 3273.3 (128.870) 3475.0 (136.811) 3475.0 (136.811) 38.0 (1.496) Z 179.1 (7.051) 318.0 (12.520) 318.0 (12.520) 317.0 (12.480) 316.4 (12.457) 674.5 (26.555)

Remarks Bolt head Hole 8 (0.31) Hole 8 (0.31) Hole 16 (0.63) Hole 16 (0.63) Hole 50.1 (1.972)

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-62

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY ALIGNMENT
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Points G, g H, h Coordinates X 604.0 (23.779) 472.6 (18.606) Y 2390.5 (94.114) 2603.8 (102.512) Z 128.3 (5.051) 114.0 (4.488) Remarks Hole 13 (0.51) Bolt head Points O, o Coordinates X 488.4 (19.228) Y 2891.7 (113.846) Z 825.0 (32.480) Remarks Hole 68 (2.68)

Passenger Compartment
Measurement

INFOID:0000000004249902

Dimensions marked with * indicate symmetrically identical dimensions on both the right and left hand of the vehicle.

BRM

M
JSKIA0356GB

The others Unit: mm (in)

Point E-e E-g E-h E-j F-f F-h

Dimension 1253 (49.33) 1607 (63.27)* 1472 (57.95)* 1607 (63.27)* 1446 (56.93) 1861 (73.27)*

Memo

Point F-j G-g G-h G-j H-h H-j

Dimension 1796 (70.71)* 1447 (56.97) 1997 (78.62)* 1822 (71.73)* 1240 (48.82) 1503 (59.17)*

Memo

Point J-j K-E K-F K-G K-H K-J

Dimension 1451 (57.13) 987 (38.86)* 793 (31.22)* 749 (29.49)* 1443 (56.81)* 1164 (45.83)*

Memo

Point M-H M-J N-H N-J

Dimension 1434 (56.46)* 1186 (46.69)* 1558 (61.34)* 1170 (46.06)*

Memo

Measurement Points

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-63

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY ALIGNMENT
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

JSKIA0357GB

: Vehicle front
Unit: mm (in)

Point A B

Material Upper dash positioning mark of center positioning mark Roof flange end of center positioning mark

Point H, h, J, j K Rear fender indent

Material

Trans control reinforcement hole center of center positioning mark 1412 (0.550.47) Door hinge installing hole center M, m: 14 (0.55) N, n: 12 (0.47)

C, c, D, d E, e, F, f, G, g

Front pillar joggle Front pillar indent

M, m, N, n

Rear Body
Measurement

INFOID:0000000004249903

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-64

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY ALIGNMENT
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Dimensions marked with * indicate symmetrically identical dimensions on both the right and left hand of the vehicle.

BRM

L
JSKIA0358GB

Measurement Points

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-65

2009 G37 Coupe

BODY ALIGNMENT
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

JSKIA0359GB

: Vehicle front

Point A B, b, C, c, E, e D

Material Roof flange end of center positioning mark Rear fender corner joggle Rear waist flange end of center positioning mark

Point F, f, G, g H

Material Rear combination lamp base joggle Upper rear panel flange end of center positioning mark

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-66

2009 G37 Coupe

LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS


Precautions for Plastics
Abbreviation Heat resisting temperature C (F) 60 (140) 80 (176) 80 (176) 80 (176) 80 (176) 80 (176) 85 (185) 85 (185) 90 (194) 90 (194) 90 (194) 90 (194) 100 (212) 110 (230) 110 (230) 120 (248) 120 (248) 120 (248) 140 (284) 140 (284) 180 (356) 180 (356) 200 (392) Resistance to gasoline and solvents Gasoline and most solvents are harmless if applied for a very short time (wipe out quickly). Avoid gasoline and solvents. Gasoline and most solvents are harmless if applied for a very short time (wipe out quickly). Avoid solvents. Gasoline and most solvents are harmless if applied for a very short time (wipe out quickly). Avoid gasoline and solvents. Gasoline and most solvents are harmless if applied for a very short time (wipe out quickly). Avoid gasoline and solvents.
INFOID:0000000004684865

B
Material name Other cautions

C
Flammable Flammable

PE ABS EPM/ EPDM PS PVC TPO AAS PMMA EVAC PP PUR UP ASA PPE TPU PBT+ PC PC POM PA PBT PAR PET PEI CAUTION:

Polyethylene Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene Ethylene Propylene (Diene) copolymer Polystyrene Poly Vinyl Chloride Thermoplastic Olefine Acrylonitrile Acrylic Styrene Poly Methyl Methacrylate Ethylene Vinyl Acetate Polypropylene Polyurethane Unsaturated Polyester Acrylonitrile Styrene Acrylate Poly Phenylene Ether Thermoplastic Urethane Poly Butylene Terephthalate + Polycarbonate Polycarbonate Poly Oxymethylene Polyamide Poly Butylene Terephthalate Polyarylate Polyethylene terephthalate Polyetherimide

E
Flammable Poisonous gas is emitted when burned. Flammable Flammable, avoid battery acid. Flammable Flammable

BRM
Flammable Avoid battery acid. Avoid immersing in water.

When repairing and painting a portion of the body adjacent to plastic parts, consider their characteristics (influence of heat and solvent) and remove them if necessary or take suitable measures to protect them. Plastic parts should be repaired and painted using methods suiting the materials, characteristics.

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-67

2009 G37 Coupe

LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

Location of Plastic Parts

INFOID:0000000004249890

JSKIA0362GB

Component 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bumper fascia Front grille Front combination lamp Windshield molding Roof side molding Front pillar finisher Cover 7 Door outside mirror Housing Base 8 Trunk lid finisher Lens Housing

Material PP ABS PC PP TPO PVC + Stainless PC + PET ABS PP PA + Glass fiber ABS 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Component High mount stop lamp Satellite radio antenna Fuel filler lid Door outside molding Door outside handle License plate lamp Wheel disk cap Center mudguard Lens Housing Lens Housing

Material PMMA ABS ASA + PC PA + PPE PVC + Stainless PC + PET PMMA PC PC + ABS PP

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-68

2009 G37 Coupe

LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A

H
JSKIA0363GB

Component 1 2 3 Rear pillar finisher Front pillar finisher Map lamp Lens Housing Upper Lower

Material PP PP PC PP ABS PP ABS Standard finisher Wood finisher ABS PC + ABS 9 8 7

Component Core Instrument panel Pad Skin Core Glove box Pad Skin Center console

Material PP PUR TPU ABS PUR PVC PP + PVC

4 5

Cluster lid A Cluster lid D

BRM

Cluster lid C

Revision: 2009 October

BRM-69

2009 G37 Coupe

CRUISE CONTROL

SECTION

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM

CCS

CONTENTS
ICC BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 4 .
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 4 .
Work Flow ................................................................ 4 . System Diagram .....................................................17 . System Description .................................................17 . Component Parts Location .....................................20 . Component Description ..........................................21 .

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT .................... 6 .


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT) ........................................................................... 6 . ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT) : Description ................................................... 6 . ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT) : Special Repair Requirement ........................ 6 . LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT ..................... 6 . LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description ........................................................................... 6 . LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Preparation) ........................... 7 . LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Setting The ICC Target Board) ...................................................................... 7 . LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Laser Beam Aiming Adjustment) ...................................................................... 10 . ACTION TEST .......................................................... 11 . ACTION TEST : Description .................................. 12 . ACTION TEST : Special Repair Requirement (Vehicle-To-Vehicle Distance Control Mode) ............... 12 . ACTION TEST : Special Repair Requirement [Conventional (Fixed Speed) Cruise Control Mode] ..................................................................... 14 .

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION .................................. 22


System Diagram .....................................................22 . System Description .................................................22 . Component Parts Location .....................................29 . Component Description ..........................................30 .

CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION .......................... 31


System Diagram .....................................................31 . System Description .................................................31 . Component Parts Location .....................................35 . Component Description ..........................................36 .

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT) ................................................. 37


Diagnosis Description .............................................37 . CONSULT-III Function (ICC) ..................................38 .

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 43 .


C1A00 CONTROL UNIT ................................... 43
Description ..............................................................43 . DTC Logic ...............................................................43 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................43 . Special Repair Requirement ...................................43 .

CCS

C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2 ........................... 45


Description ..............................................................45 . DTC Logic ...............................................................45 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................45 . Special Repair Requirement ...................................45 . P

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................ 17 .


ICC .....................................................................17 .
Revision: 2009 October

C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .................. 47


Description ..............................................................47 . DTC Logic ...............................................................47 .

CCS-1

2009 G37 Coupe

Diagnosis Procedure (A/T Models) ........................ 47 . Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models) ....................... 48 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 48 .

Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 77 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 77 .

C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP ................................. 79 .


Description ............................................................. 79 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 79 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 79 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 79 .

C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC SYSTEM ...................... 50 .


Description ............................................................. 50 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 50 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 50 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 50 .

C1A24 NP RANGE ........................................... 81 .


Description ............................................................. 81 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 81 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 81 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 82 .

C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW .............. 52 .


Description ............................................................. 52 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 52 . Diagnosis Procedure (A/T Models) ........................ 52 . Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models) ....................... 55 . Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) ........... 58 . Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch) .......... 58 . Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 58 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 58 .

C1A26 ECD MODE MALFUNCTION ............... 83 .


Description ............................................................. 83 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 83 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 83 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 83 .

C1A06 OPERATION SW .................................. 60 .


Description ............................................................. 60 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 60 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 60 . Component Inspection ........................................... 61 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 62 .

C1A27 ECD POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT ......... 85 .


Description ............................................................. 85 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 85 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 85 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 86 .

C1A12 LASER BEAM OFF CENTER .............. 63 .


Description ............................................................. 63 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 63 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 63 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 63 .

C1A33 CAN TRANSMISSION ERROR ............ 87 .


Description ............................................................. 87 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 87 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 87 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 87 .

C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY ............................ 64 .


Description ............................................................. 64 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 64 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 64 . Component Inspection ........................................... 69 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 69 .

C1A34 COMMAND ERROR ............................. 89 .


Description ............................................................. 89 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 89 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 89 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 89 .

U0121 VDC CAN 2 ........................................... 91 .


Description ............................................................. 91 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 91 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 91 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 91 .

C1A14 ECM ...................................................... 70 .


Description ............................................................. 70 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 70 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 70 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 70 .

U0401 ECM CAN 1 ........................................... 93 .


Description ............................................................. 93 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 93 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 93 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 93 .

C1A15 GEAR POSITION .................................. 72 .


Description ............................................................. 72 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 72 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 72 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 73 .

U0402 TCM CAN 1 ........................................... 95 .


Description ............................................................. 95 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 95 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 95 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 95 .

C1A16 RADAR STAIN ..................................... 75 .


Description ............................................................. 75 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 75 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 75 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 75 .

U0415 VDC CAN 1 ........................................... 97 .


Description ............................................................. 97 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 97 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 97 .

C1A18 LASER AIMING INCMP ....................... 77 .


Description ............................................................. 77 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 77 .

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-2

2009 G37 Coupe

Special Repair Requirement .................................. 97 .

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............................99 .


Description ............................................................. 99 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 99 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 99 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 99 .

Description ............................................................ 119 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 119 .

ICC SYSTEM DOES NOT CANCEL WHEN A/ T SELECTOR LEVER SETS ON "N" ............. 120
Description ............................................................ 120 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 120 .

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 101 .


Description ........................................................... 101 . DTC Logic ............................................................ 101 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 101 . Special Repair Requirement ................................ 101 .

CHIME DOES NOT SOUND ........................... 121


Description ............................................................ 121 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 121 .

DRIVING FORCE IS HUNTING ...................... 123


Description ............................................................ 123 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 123 .

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 102 .


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 102 .

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT ................................................................. 103 .


Description ........................................................... 103 . Component Function Check ................................. 103 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 103 . Component Inspection ......................................... 104 .

FREQUENTLY CANNOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD / DETECTION ZONE IS SHORT. 124
Description ............................................................ 124 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 124 .

THE SYSTEM DOES NOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD AT ALL .................................. 125
Description ............................................................ 125 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 125 .

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ........... 105 .


ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT ................. 105 .
Reference Value .................................................. 105 . Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL - ................................................................. 108 . Fail-Safe ............................................................... 112 . DTC Inspection Priority Chart .............................. 113 . DTC Index ............................................................ 113 .

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 126


Description ............................................................ 126 .

PRECAUTION ........................................... 129 .


PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 129
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .............................................................. 129 . Precaution for Battery Service .............................. 129 . ICC System Service ............................................. 129 .

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 115 .


INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .................................................... 115 .
Symptom Table .................................................... 115 .

PREPARATION ........................................ 130 .


PREPARATION ............................................... 130
Special Service Tools ........................................... 130 . L

MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON, MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT TURN OFF .................... 116 .
Description ........................................................... 116 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 116 .

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............ 131 .


ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT ................. 131
Exploded View ...................................................... 131 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 132 .

ICC SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET (MAIN SWITCH TURNS ON/OFF) .............................. 117 .
Description ........................................................... 117 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 117 .

ICC STEERING SWITCH ................................ 133


Exploded View ...................................................... 133 . CCS

ICC STEERING SWITCH (OTHER THAN MAIN SWITCH) DOES NOT FUNCTION ........ 119 .

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-3

2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION > [ICC]

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow
OVERALL SEQUENCE
INFOID:0000000004638191

JPOIA0171GB

DETAILED FLOW

1.INTERVIEW FOR MALFUNCTION


It is also important to clarify the customer concerns before starting the inspection. Interview the customer about the concerns carefully and understand the symptoms fully.
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-4

2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


[ICC] < BASIC INSPECTION > NOTE: The customers are not professionals. Never assume that maybe the customer means or maybe the customer mentioned this symptom.
>> GO TO 2.

2.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III


1. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 2. Check if any DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of ICC. Is any DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 3.
C

3.ACTION TEST
Perform the ICC system action test to check the operation status. Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description". Check if any other malfunctions occur. >> GO TO 4.
E

4.SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the applicable diagnosis according to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to CCS-115, "Symptom Table". >> GO TO 6.

5.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BY DTC


1. Check the DTC in the self-diagnosis results. 2. Perform trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Refer to CCS-113, "DTC Index". NOTE: If DTC: U1000 is detected, first diagnose the CAN communication system. >> GO TO 6.
I J

6.MALFUNCTIONING PART REPAIR


Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts. >> GO TO 7.

7.REPAIR CHECK (SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III)


1. Erases self-diagnosis results. 2. Perform All DTC Reading again after repairing or replacing the malfunctioning parts. 3. Check if any DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of ICC. Is any DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 8.
M N

8.REPAIR CHECK (ACTION TEST)


Perform the ICC system action test. Check if the malfunction symptom is solved or no other symptoms occur. Is there any malfunction symptom? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-5

2009 G37 Coupe

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


< BASIC INSPECTION > [ICC]

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT)
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT) : Description
INFOID:0000000004638192

Always perform the laser beam aiming adjustment after removing and installing or replacing the ICC sensor integrated unit. CAUTION: The system does not operate normally unless the laser beam aiming adjustment is performed. Always perform it. Perform the ICC system action test to check that the ICC system operates normally.

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT) : Special Repair Requirement

INFOID:0000000004638193

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT


Adjust the laser beam aiming. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description". >> GO TO 2.

2.ICC SYSTEM ACTION TEST


1. 2. Perform the ICC system action test. Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description". Check that the ICC system operates normally. >> INSPECTION END

LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT


LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description
OUTLINE OF LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT
Always adjust the laser beam aiming after removing and installing or replacing the ICC sensor integrated unit. CAUTION: The system does not operate normally unless the laser beam aiming adjustment is performed. Always perform it. 1. Set the ICC target board [SST: KV99110100 (J-45718)] to the correct position in front of the vehicle. NOTE: The location of the ICC sensor integrated unit (1) differs according to the front bumper fascia type. So the ICC target board setting position varies accordingly.
INFOID:0000000004638194

JSOIA0076ZZ

: Normal front bumper fascia type

: Sport front bumper fascia type

2.

Set the laser beam aiming mode (LASER BEAM ADJUST on Work support) with CONSULT-III, and then perform the adjustment according to the display. (Manually turn the up-down direction adjusting

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-6

2009 G37 Coupe

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


[ICC] < BASIC INSPECTION > screw for vertical adjustment. ICC sensor integrated unit adjusts the automatic aiming for the horizontal direction.)

CAUTIONARY POINT FOR LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT


CAUTION: For laser beam aiming adjustment, choose a level location where a view can be obtained without any obstruction as far as 12 m (39 ft) or more in the forward direction. Adjust laser beam aiming for 5 seconds or more after starting engine. Adjust the laser beam aiming with CONSULT-III. (The laser beam aiming cannot be adjusted without CONSULT-III.) Never enter the vehicle during laser beam aiming adjustment. Never look directly into the laser beam source (ICC sensor integrated unit body window) during laser beam aiming adjustment. Laser beam aiming adjustment is performed at idle. At this time, turn the headlamps OFF.
B

LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Preparation)


INFOID:0000000004638195

1.ADVANCE PREPARATION FOR LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT


1. 2. 3. Adjust all tire pressure to the specified value. Empty the vehicle. (Remove any luggage from the passenger compartment, luggage room, etc.) Shift the selector lever to the P position (A/T models) or the shift knob to the neutral position (M/T models), and release the parking brake. CAUTION: Apply wheel chocks or other tire blocks to the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving. Fully fill the fuel tank, and then check that the coolant and oils are filled up to correct level. Clean off the ICC sensor integrated unit body window with a soft cloth. >> Go to CCS-7, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Setting The ICC Target Board)".
F G

4. 5.

LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Setting The ICC Target Board)
DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638196

Accurate adjustment of the laser beam requires that the ICC target board be accurately positioned. CAUTION: If the laser beam is adjusted with the ICC target board in the incorrect position, the ICC system does not function normally.

1.ICC TARGET BOARD HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT


1. Attach the triangle scale (2) at 42 mm (1.65 in) (H) below the center (A) of the ICC target board (1).
3 b : Adjust nut : 90

CCS

JPOIA0003ZZ

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-7

2009 G37 Coupe

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


< BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Adjust the ICC target board height to the position aligning the triangle scale (1) upper side tip with the center of laser beam axis (A).
2 : ICC sensor integrated unit

[ICC]

JPOIA0242ZZ

NOTE: The center of laser beam axis (A) is located at 38 mm (1.5 in) (W) from the left end of ICC sensor integrated unit and 22 mm (H) (0.87 in) from above when viewed from the front of the vehicle.
B : Up-down direction adjusting screw

JPOIA0237ZZ

To identify the laser beam axis center (A) easily, prepare a piece of paper (B) cut to the size of 38 mm (1.5 in) (W) 22 mm (0.87 in) (H) and attach it on the upper left point of the ICC sensor integrated unit (1). >> GO TO 2.

JPOIA0236ZZ

2.ADJUSTING SIDE POSITION OF ICC TARGET BOARD


1. On the back of the ICC target board, attach the ruler (1) [450 mm (17.72 in) or more] or a similar tool squarely from the ICC target board center (A) in the left direction.

JSOIA0024ZZ

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-8

2009 G37 Coupe

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


< BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Suspend a weight from a string (1) attached to its end at the point (B) rightward from the ICC target board center (A).
W [mm (in)] Normal front bumper fascia type Sport front bumper fascia type >> GO TO 3.
JSOIA0016ZZ

[ICC]
A

: 404 (15.91) : 247 (9.72)

3.SETTING ICC TARGET BOARD


1. 2. Suspend a thread with weight on tip from the center of the front and rear bumpers. Then, mark the center points on the ground as each weight point. Link the front and rear bumpers center points marked on the ground and extend a straight line ahead. Then mark a point 3.9 m (12.8 ft) position ahead of the front bumper. Then, adjust the position of the ICC target board so that the weight comes on the top of the marked point [3.9 m (12.8 ft) position ahead of the front bumper] and face to the vehicle. Adjust the position of the ICC target board (1) so that the extended line (A) that links the center of the rear window glass (the center of the rear window defogger pattern) (B) and the center of the windshield (the setting part of the room mirror) (C) align with the weight suspended (2) from the ICC target board.

3.

I
JSOIA0025ZZ

4. 5.

Remove the thread suspended to the right side of ICC target board and suspend a thread with weight on tip on the center of the ICC target board. Then mark the point of weight on the ground. Pivot the edge of the ICC target board 25 (a) to either side.
1 2 C : ICC target board : String with a weight : ICC target board center marking point

NOTE: Approx. 90 mm (3.54 in) (b) shift rates the 25 (a) movement.
M
JSOIA0026ZZ

>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK THE ICC TARGET BOARD INSTALLATION POSITION

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-9

2009 G37 Coupe

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


< BASIC INSPECTION > Check that the ICC target board (1) is located as shown in the figure. [ICC]

JSOIA0017ZZ

1. B. W. a.

ICC target board Vehicle center

2.

ICC sensor integrated unit

3.

Vehicle

L1. 4.0 m (13.0 ft)

404 mm (15.91 in) (Normal front bumper fascia type) 247 mm (9.72 in) (Sport front bumper fascia type) 25

NOTE: The distance between laser beam axis and ICC target board is 4.0 m (13.0 ft). >> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK THE ICC TARGET BOARD INSTALLATION AREA


Do not place anything other than ICC target board in the space shown in the figure (view from top).

JSOIA0027ZZ

1.

ICC target board

2.

ICC sensor integrated unit W. 3.5 m (11.5 ft)

L1. 6.5 m (21.3 ft)

L2. 4.0 m (13.0 ft)

NOTE: In case the space shown in the figure is not available, cover the side of the ICC target board with a 1400 mm (4.6 ft)-size frosted black board or black cloth. >> Go to CCS-10, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Laser Beam Aiming Adjustment)".

LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Laser Beam Aiming Adjustment)
DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638197

Adjust the laser beam aiming in a vertical direction with CONSULT-III as per the following. The laser beam aiming adjustment in a horizontal direction is performed automatically with CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never look directly into the laser beam source (ICC sensor integrated unit body window) during laser beam aiming adjustment. Perform all necessary work for laser beam aiming adjustment until the adjustment completes as shown in the procedure. If the procedure does not complete, the ICC system is inoperable.

1.SET CONSULT-III TO THE LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT MODE


Revision: 2009 October

CCS-10

2009 G37 Coupe

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


[ICC] < BASIC INSPECTION > 1. Start the engine. 2. Connect CONSULT-III and select Work support of ICC. 3. Select LASER BEAM ADJUST after the Work support screen is displayed. 4. Select START after the LASER BEAM ADJUST screen is displayed. NOTE: If the adjustment screen does not appear within approximately 10 seconds after LASER BEAM ADJUST is selected, the following causes are possible. The ICC target board is not installed in the correct position. Adequate space is not secured around the ICC target board. The laser beam aiming adjustment exceeds its proper installation range. - Deformation of vehicle body. - Deformation of unit. - Deformation of bracket. The area is not suitable for the adjustment work. ICC sensor integrated unit body window is not clean. The ICC system warning lamp illuminates.
>> GO TO 2.

2.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT


After ADJUST THE VERTICAL OF LASER BEAM AIMING is displayed on CONSULT-III screen, adjust by turning the up-down direction adjusting screw until U/D CORRECT becomes 4 or less. NOTE: Turn the up-down direction adjusting screw slowly. The value change on display is slower than actual movement of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Wait for 2 seconds every time the up-down direction adjusting screw is turned half a rotation. Turning the up-down direction adjusting screw (A) clockwise directs the laser beam downward (B). The laser beam directs upward (C) when turning up-down direction adjusting screw counterclockwise. CAUTION: Be careful not to cover the ICC sensor integrated unit body window with a hand or the other part of body of worker during adjustment.

K
JPOIA0241ZZ

>> GO TO 3.

3.LASER BEAM AIMING CONFIRMATION


1. 2.

3. 4.

M When the U/D CORRECT value becomes 4 or less, check that no value greater than 4 appears when the vehicle is left with no load on the ICC sensor integrated unit (hand removed) for at least 2 seconds. When COMPLETED THE VERTICAL AIMING OF LASER BEAM display appears, touch END. N CAUTION: Always check that the value of U/D CORRECT remains 4 or less when the ICC sensor integrated unit is left alone for at least 2 seconds. Check that ADJUSTING AUTOMATIC HORIZONTAL LASER BEAM AIMING is displayed and wait for a CCS short period of time. (The maximum: Approx 10 seconds). Check that Normally Completed is displayed, and select End to end LASER BEAM ADJUST. CAUTION: P Once LASER BEAM ADJUST is started with CONSULT-III, always continue the work until the horizontal laser beam aiming adjustment is completed successfully. If the job is stopped midway, the laser beam aiming is not adjusted and the ICC system cannot operate.

>> LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT END

ACTION TEST
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-11

2009 G37 Coupe

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


< BASIC INSPECTION > [ICC]
INFOID:0000000004638198

ACTION TEST : Description

Always perform the ICC system action test to check that the ICC system operates normally after replacing the ICC sensor integrated unit or repairing any ICC system malfunction. CAUTION: Always drive safely when performing the action test.

ACTION TEST : Special Repair Requirement (Vehicle-To-Vehicle Distance Control Mode)

INFOID:0000000004638199

NOTE: When there is no vehicle ahead, drive at the set speed steadily. - The set speed can be selected by the driver between 40 to 144 km/h (25 to 90 MPH). When there is a vehicle ahead, control to maintain distance from the vehicle ahead, watching its speed. - Maintains a selected distance from the vehicle in front of own vehicle within the speed range of 40 to 144 km/h (25 to 90 MPH) up to the set speed. CAUTION: Never set the cruise speed exceeding the posted speed limit.

1.CHECK FOR MAIN SWITCH


1. 2. Start the engine. Press the MAIN switch (1) (less than 1.5 seconds).
Information display status MAIN switch indicator (2) Set distance indicator (3) Own vehicle indicator (4) Set vehicle speed indicator (5) : : : : ON Long mode ON km/h (MPH)

JSOIA0004ZZ

3. 4. 5.

Check the ICC system display on the information display to check that the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is ready for activation. Press the MAIN switch, and check that the ICC system display on the information display turns OFF when the ICC system is deactivated. Check that the ICC system display on the information display turns OFF after starting the engine again. >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK FOR DISTANCE SWITCH


1. 2. 3. Start the engine. Press the MAIN switch (less than 1.5 seconds). Press the DISTANCE switch.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-12

2009 G37 Coupe

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


< BASIC INSPECTION > 4. Check that the set distance indicator changes display in order of: (Long)(Middle)(Short). [ICC]
A

JSOIA0005GB

NOTE: When the MAIN switch is turned ON, initial setting set to (Long).

>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK FOR RESUME/ACCELERATE, SET/COAST, AND CANCEL SWITCHES


1. 2. Check that RESUME/ACCELERATE, SET/COAST, and CANCEL switches are operated smoothly. Check that switches come up as hand is released from the switches.

>> GO TO 4.

4.SET CHECKING
Start the engine. Press the MAIN switch (less than 1.5 seconds) and turn the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ON. Drive the vehicle at 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more. Push down the SET/COAST switch. Check that the desired speed is set and vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode control starts when releasing SET/COAST switch. NOTE: The set vehicle speed is indicated on the set vehicle speed indicator in the ICC system display on the information display. >> GO TO 5. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

5.CHECK FOR INCREASE OF CRUISING SPEED


1. Set the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode at desired speed. 2. Check that the set speed increases by 1 km/h (1 MPH) as RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pushed up. NOTE: The maximum set speed of the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is 144 km/h (90 MPH). CAUTION: Never set the cruise speed exceeding the posted speed limit. >> GO TO 6.

CCS

6.CHECK FOR DECREASE OF CRUISING SPEED


1. Set the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode at desired speed. 2. Check that the set speed decreases by 1 km/h (1 MPH) as SET/COAST switch is pushed down. NOTE: The minimum set speed is approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH).
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-13

2009 G37 Coupe

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


[ICC] < BASIC INSPECTION > Cancel the control automatically when the vehicle speed is less than approximately 32 km/h (20 MPH) and when the system does not detect any vehicle ahead.
>> GO TO 7.

7.CHECK FOR CANCELLATION OF VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE


Check that the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is cancelled when performing the following operations. When the brake pedal is depressed after vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is set and the vehicle is driven. When the clutch pedal is depressed after vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is set and the vehicle is driven. (M/T models). When the selector lever is in the N position after vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is set and the vehicle is driven. (A/T models) When the MAIN switch is turned OFF after vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is set and the vehicle is driven. When the CANCEL switch is pressed after vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is set and the vehicle is driven. >> GO TO 8.

8.CHECK FOR RESTORING SPEED THAT IS SET BY VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL


MODE BEFORE CANCELLATION Check that the vehicle restores the previous speed kept before the system deactivation when performing the following operations. Drive the vehicle when the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is set and depress the brake pedal to cancel the control. Check that the vehicle restores the previous vehicle speed kept before the system deactivation when pushing up the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. Drive the vehicle when the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is set and depress the clutch pedal (with the shift knob at any of the 1st to 6th gear positions) to cancel the control. Check that the vehicle restores the previous vehicle speed kept before the system deactivation when pushing up the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. (M/T models) Drive the vehicle when the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is set and shift the selector lever to the N position to cancel the control. Check that the vehicle restores the previous vehicle speed kept before the system deactivation when shifting the selector lever to the D position and pushing up the RESUME/ ACCELERATE switch. (A/T models) Drive the vehicle when the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is set and press the CANCEL switch to cancel the control. Check that the vehicle restores the previous vehicle speed kept before the system deactivation when pushing up the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. >> INSPECTION END

ACTION TEST : Special Repair Requirement [Conventional (Fixed Speed) Cruise Control Mode]
NOTE: For cruising at a preset speed. - The set speed can be selected by the driver between 40 to 144 km/h (25 to 90 MPH). CAUTION: Never set the cruise speed exceeding the posted speed limit.

INFOID:0000000004638200

1.CHECK FOR MAIN SWITCH


1. Start the engine.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-14

2009 G37 Coupe

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


< BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Press the MAIN switch (1) (1.5 seconds or more).
Information display status MAIN switch indicator (2) : ON

[ICC]
A

C
JSOIA0006ZZ

3. 4. 5.

Check that the ICC system display on the information display turns on and the display is ready for activation. Press the MAIN switch, and check that the ICC system display on the information display turns OFF when the ICC system is deactivated. Check that the ICC system display on the information display turns OFF after starting the engine again. >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK FOR RESUME/ACCELERATE, SET/COAST, AND CANCEL SWITCHES


1. 2. Check that RESUME/ACCELERATE, SET/COAST, and CANCEL switches are operated smoothly. Check that switches come up as hand is released from the switches. >> GO TO 3.
G H

3.SET CHECKING
Start the engine. Press the MAIN switch (1.5 seconds or more) and turn the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode to ON. 3. Drive the vehicle at 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more. 4. Push down the SET/COAST switch. 5. Check that the desired speed is set and conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode control starts when releasing SET/COAST switch. NOTE: The set vehicle speed is not displayed in the ICC system display on the information display. Display the set status in the ICC system display on the information display. >> GO TO 4. 1. 2.
I

4.CHECK FOR INCREASE OF CRUISING SPEED


M Set the vehicle speed to any desired speed, and drive the vehicle. Check that the set speed increases by 1.6 km/h (1 MPH) as RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pushed up. N NOTE: The maximum set speed is 144 km/h (90 MPH). The set vehicle speed increases while pushing up the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. CAUTION: CCS Never set the cruise speed exceeding the posted speed limit.

1. 2.

>> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK FOR DECREASE OF CRUISING SPEED


1. Set the vehicle speed to any desired speed, and drive the vehicle. 2. Check that the set speed decreases by 1.6 km/h (1 MPH) as SET/COAST switch is pushed down. NOTE: The minimum set speed is 40 km/h (25 MPH). The set vehicle speed decreases while pressing down the SET/COAST switch.
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-15

2009 G37 Coupe

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


[ICC] < BASIC INSPECTION > Cancel the control automatically when the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 32 km/h (20 MPH).
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK FOR CANCELLATION OF CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE


Check that the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode is cancelled when performing the following operations. When the brake pedal is depressed after the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode is set and the vehicle is driven. When the clutch pedal is depressed after the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode is set and the vehicle is driven. (M/T models) When the selector lever is in the N position after the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode is set and the vehicle is driven. (A/T models) When the MAIN switch is turned OFF after the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode is set and the vehicle is driven. When the CANCEL switch is pressed after the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode is set and the vehicle is driven. >> GO TO 7.

7.CHECK FOR RESTORING SPEED THAT IS SET BY CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE BEFORE CANCELLATION Check that the vehicle restores the previous speed kept before the system deactivation when performing the following operations. Drive the vehicle when the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode is set and depress the brake pedal to cancel the control. Check that the vehicle restores the previous vehicle speed kept before the system deactivation when pushing up the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch at the vehicle speed approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more. Drive the vehicle when the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode is set and depress the clutch pedal (with the shift knob at any of the 1st to 6th gear positions) to cancel the control. Check that the vehicle restores the previous vehicle speed kept before the system deactivation when pushing up the RESUME/ ACCELERATE switch at the vehicle speed approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more. (M/T models) Drive the vehicle when the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode is set and shift the selector lever is in the N position to cancel the control. Check that the vehicle restores the previous vehicle speed kept before the system deactivation when shifting the selector lever is in the D position and pushing up the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch at the vehicle speed of approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more. (A/T models) Drive the vehicle when the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode is set and press the CANCEL switch to cancel the control. Check that the vehicle restores the previous vehicle speed kept before the system deactivation when pushing up the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch at the vehicle speed of approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more. >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-16

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ICC]
A

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ICC
System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004638201

CCS

JSOIA0113GB

System Description
DESCRIPTION
Revision: 2009 October

INFOID:0000000004638202

CCS-17

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC
[ICC] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system automatically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle traveling in front of own vehicle according to that vehicle's speed (up to the set speed), or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear. The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise control modes: CAUTION: Never set the cruise speed exceeding the posted speed limit.
Vehicle-to-vehicle Distance Control Mode For maintaining a selected distance between own vehicle and the vehicle in front of own vehicle up to the preset speed. Refer to CCS-22, "System Description". Conventional (Fixed Speed) Cruise Control Mode For cruising at a preset speed. Refer to CCS-31, "System Description". NOTE: In the Conventional (Fixed Speed) Cruise Control Mode, a warning chime will not sound to warn driver if own vehicle are too close to the vehicle ahead. WARNING: Always drive carefully and attentively when using either cruise control mode. To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle's speed in emergency situations. Do not use cruise control except in appropriate rode and traffic conditions. Brake Assist (With Preview Function) Brake Assist (With Preview Function) share the systems and components with ICC system. Refer to BRC-106, "System Description".

ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM


Input Signal Item
Transmit unit Signal name Accelerator pedal position signal MAIN switch signal SET/COAST switch signal ICC steering switch signal CANCEL switch signal RESUME/ACCELERATE switch signal DISTANCE switch signal ICC brake switch signal Stop lamp switch signal Closed throttle position signal Engine speed signal Park/neutral position switch signal*1 Shift position signal Output shaft revolution signal TCM*2 Current gear position signal Input speed signal Receives the ICC brake switch signal from ECM via CAN communication. Receives the stop lamp switch signal from ECM via CAN communication. Receives the closed throttle position signal from ECM via CAN communication. Receives the engine speed signal from ECM via CAN communication. Receives park/neutral position switch signal from ECM with CAN communication. Receives the shift position signal from TCM via CAN communication. Receives the output shaft revolution signal from TCM via CAN communication. Receives the current gear position signal from TCM via CAN communication. Receives the input speed signal from TCM via CAN communication. Receives the ICC steering switch signal from ECM via CAN communication. Description Receives the accelerator pedal position signal from ECM via CAN communication.

ECM

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-18

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Transmit unit Signal name Vehicle speed signal ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Brake pressure control signal Stop lamp switch signal BCM *1: M/T models *2: A/T models Front wiper request signal Description Receives the vehicle speed signal (wheel speed) from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication. Receives the brake pressure control signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication. Receives the stop lamp switch signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication. Receives the front wiper request signal from BCM via CAN communication.

[ICC]
A

Output Signal Item


Reception unit ECM Signal name ICC operation signal Own vehicle indicator signal Vehicle ahead detection indicator signal Meter display signal Set vehicle speed indicator signal Set distance indicator signal MAIN switch indicator signal SET switch indicator signal ICC warning lamp signal Buzzer output signal ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ICC brake hold relay Deceleration degree commandment value signal ICC brake hold relay drive signal Transmits the ICC warning lamp signal to the combination meter (through unified meter and A/C amp.) via CAN communication. Transmits the buzzer output signal to the combination meter (through unified meter and A/C amp.) via CAN communication. Transmits the deceleration degree commandment value signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication. The ICC sensor integrated unit outputs the ICC brake hold relay drive signal and operates the ICC brake hold relay. Transmits the meter display signal to the combination meter (through unified meter and A/C amp.) via CAN communication. Description Transmits the ICC operation signal to ECM via CAN communication.

Combination meter (through unified meter and A/C amp.)

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-19

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ICC]
INFOID:0000000004638203

Component Parts Location

JSOIA0078GB

1. 4. 7.

Information display, ICC system warning lamp ECM ICC brake switch

2. 5. 8.

Buzzer (ICC warning chime) ICC sensor integrated unit Stop lamp switch

3. 6. 9.

ICC steering switch ICC brake hold relay ICC clutch switch

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-20

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
10. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A. D. G. On the combination meter Behind the glove box Upper side of brake pedal B. E. H. Back of combination meter Front bumper (LH) Upper side clutch pedal
INFOID:0000000004638204

[ICC]
A
C. F. Steering wheel (RH) Engine room (LH)

Component Description
Function Description *1 *2 *3

: Applicable

Component ICC sensor integrated unit ECM ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BCM TCM

Description

D
Refer to CCS-43, "Description". Refer to CCS-70, "Description". Refer to CCS-50, "Description". Transmits the front wiper request signal to ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication. Refer to CCS-95, "Description". Receives the meter display signal, buzzer output signal, and ICC warning lamp signal from ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication and transmits them to the combination meter via the communication line. Performs the following operations using the signals received from the unified meter and A/C amp. via the communication line. Displays the ICC system operation status using the meter display signal. Illuminates the ICC system warning lamp using the ICC warning lamp signal. Operates the buzzer (ICC warning chime) using the buzzer output signal.

Unified meter and A/C amp.

Combination meter

ICC brake switch Stop lamp switch ICC clutch switch ICC brake hold relay Park/neutral position switch *1: Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode

Refer to CCS-64, "Description". Refer to CCS-103, "Description". Refer to CCS-52, "Description".

*2: Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode *3: Brake Assist (With Preview Function)

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-21

2009 G37 Coupe

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ICC]

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004638205

JSOIA0113GB

System Description
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
Revision: 2009 October

INFOID:0000000004638206

CCS-22

2009 G37 Coupe

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


[ICC] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system automatically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle traveling in front of own vehicle according to that vehicle's speed (up to the set speed), or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear. With ICC system, the driver can maintain the same speed as other vehicles without the constant need to adjust the set speed as driver would with a normal cruise control system. The following items are controlled in the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode. When there are no vehicles traveling ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode maintains the speed set by the driver. The set speed range is between approximately 40 and 144 km/h (25 and 90 MPH). When there is a vehicle traveling ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode adjusts the speed to maintain the distance, selected by driver, from a vehicle ahead. The adjusting speed range is between approximately 32 km/h (20 MPH) and up to the set speed. When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved out from its lane of travel, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode accelerates and maintains vehicle speed up to the set speed. NOTE: When the accelerator pedal is depressed, the brake operation and the warning are not performed by the ICC system.

OPERATION DESCRIPTION
Quickly push (less than 1.5seconds) and release the MAIN switch ON. The MAIN switch indicator, set distance indicator, own vehicle indicator, and set vehicle speed indicator come on and ICC system is set to a standby state. ICC sensor integrated unit performs the control as per the following:
Constant speed Deceleration Comparing the set vehicle speed with the current vehicle speed, transmit the command to ECM via CAN communication to reach the set vehicle speed, and controls the electric throttle control actuator. When a vehicle ahead (slower than driver set vehicle speed) appears or when a vehicle ahead slows down, the system controls the electric throttle control actuator into the close direction and decelerates the vehicle. If greater deceleration is necessary, the system transmits the deceleration degree commandment value signal to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication and operates the brake. The system controls the electric throttle control actuator and the brake fluid pressure to keep the proper distance between the vehicles according to the vehicle speed change of the vehicle ahead. When a vehicle ahead is not detected because of it changes lanes or own vehicle changes lanes during the following driving, the system controls the electric throttle control actuator in the open direction and accelerates the vehicle to the set vehicle speed slowly.

Following Acceleration

Set Condition K Under a standby state, pushing down the SET/COAST switch will start system control. When vehicle speed is between approximately 40 km/h and 144 km/h (25 MPH and 90 MPH). If the system is cancelled by conditions 1-6 below, the system will resume control at the last set cruising speed L by pushing up the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. NOTE: When the SET/COAST switch is pushed under the following conditions, the system cannot be set and the set speed indicator will M blink for approximately 2 seconds. - When traveling below 40 km/h (25 MPH). - When the brakes are operated by the driver. N - When the selector lever is not in the D, DS position or manual mode. (A/T models) - When the clutch is operated by the driver. (M/T models) - When the shift knob is shifted in the neutral position. (M/ T models) CCS - When the front wipers are operating at LO or HI.
JPOIA0222ZZ

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-23

2009 G37 Coupe

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


[ICC] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > When the SET/COAST switch is pushed under the following conditions, the system cannot be set. A warning chime will sound and the set speed indicator and own vehicle indicator will blink. - When the snow mode switch is ON (To use the ICC system, turn OFF the snow mode switch, push the MAIN switch to turn OFF the ICC system and reset the ICC system by pushing the MAIN switch again.) - When the VDC is OFF (To use the ICC system, turn ON the VDC system, push the MAIN switch to turn OFF the ICC system and reset the ICC system by pushing the MAIN switch again.) - When ABS or VDC (including the TCS) operates JPOIA0223ZZ - When driving into a strong light (i.e., sunlight) - When the wheel is slipping (To use the ICC system, make sure the wheels are no longer spinning, push the MAIN switch to turn OFF the ICC system and reset the ICC system by pushing the MAIN switch again.)
Cancel Conditions 1. When CANCEL switch is pressed. 2. When brake pedal is depressed. 3. When clutch pedal is depressed. (M/T models) 4. When the selector lever is not in the D, DS position or manual mode. (A/T models) 5. When the shift knob is shifted in the neutral position. (M/T models) 6. When the vehicle speed falls below approximately 32 km/h (20 MPH). 7. When the front wipers are operating at LO or HI. 8. When the snow mode switch is turned ON. 9. When ABS or VDC (including the TCS) operates. 10. When the MAIN switch is turned OFF. 11. When a wheel slips. 12. When driving into a strong light (i.e., sunlight). 13. When the VDC is turned OFF. 14. When the system malfunction occurs.

OPERATION AND DISPLAY


ICC Steering Switch

JSOIA0010ZZ

1. 4.

CANCEL switch DISTANCE switch

2. 5.

RESUME/ACCELERATE switch MAIN switch

3.

SET/COAST switch

No. 1 2

Switch name CANCEL switch RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

Description Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed. Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally. Push and hold the switch to increase the set speed by 5 km/h (5 MPH). Push then quickly release the switch to increase the set speed by 1 km/h (1 MPH).

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-24

2009 G37 Coupe

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
No. 3 4 5 Switch name SET/COAST switch DISTANCE switch MAIN switch Description Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed incrementally. Push and hold the switch to decrease the set speed by 5 km/h (5 MPH). Push then quickly release the switch to decrease the set speed by 1 km/h (1 MPH) Changes the following distance from: Long, Middle, Short. Master switch to activate the system (Press for less than 1.5 seconds).

[ICC]
A

ICC System Display (On The Information Display)

JSOIA0011ZZ

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6

Display item ICC system warning lamp MAIN switch indicator Vehicle ahead detection indicator Set distance indicator Own vehicle indicator Set vehicle speed indicator

Description Indicates that a malfunction occurs in the ICC system. Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON (ICC system ON). Indicates whether it detects a vehicle ahead. Indicates the selected distance between vehicles set with the DISTANCE switch. Indicates the own vehicle. Indicates the set vehicle speed.

System Control Condition Display Quickly push (less than 1.5 seconds) and release the MAIN switch ON. The MAIN switch indicator (cruise indicator), set distance indicator, own vehicle indicator, and set vehicle speed indicator come on and ICC system is set to a standby state.
Condition Display on ICC system display

L
Standby mode

M
JPOIA0141ZZ

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-25

2009 G37 Coupe

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Condition

[ICC]
Display on ICC system display

Set vehicle distance (Long)

JPOIA0142ZZ

Set vehicle distance (Middle)

Control mode

Without a vehicle ahead

JPOIA0143ZZ

Set vehicle distance (Short)

JPOIA0144ZZ

When the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed

JPOIA0145ZZ

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-26

2009 G37 Coupe

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Condition

[ICC]
Display on ICC system display

Set vehicle distance (Long)

JPOIA0146ZZ

D
Set vehicle distance (Middle)

E
Control mode With a vehicle ahead
JPOIA0147ZZ

Set vehicle distance (Short)

JPOIA0148ZZ

I
When the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed

J
JPOIA0149ZZ

Approach Warning Display If own vehicle comes closer to a vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle K cuts in, the system warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display. Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if: L The chime sounds. The vehicle ahead detection indicator and set distance indicator blink. The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles. Some examples are: M When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing. When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is increasing. When a vehicle cuts in at near own vehicle. N The warning chime will not sound when own vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly. The warning chime will not sound when the accelerator pedal is depressed, overriding the system. The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the ICC sensor detects some reflectors which are fitted on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road. CCS This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The ICC sensor may detect these reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding roads, hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve. P The ICC sensor may also detect reflectors on narrow roads or in road construction zones. In these cases driver will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of own vehicle. Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driving position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condition (for example, if a vehicle is being driven with some damage).

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-27

2009 G37 Coupe

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Condition

[ICC]
Display on ICC system display

When own vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead and it is judged that the distance between the vehicles is not sufficient

JPOIA0150ZZ

Warning Lamp and Automatic Cancellation Display


Condition When the VDC is turned OFF When the VDC or ABS (including the TCS) operates When a wheel slips When the snow mode switch is turned ON When driving into a strong light (i.e., sunlight) Description A chime sounds and the control is automatically canceled. NOTE: When the conditions listed above are no longer present, turn the system OFF using the MAIN switch. Turn the ICC system back on to use the system.
JPOIA0151ZZ

Display on ICC system display

Warning display

When the sensor window is dirty, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead.

A chime sounds and the control is automatically canceled. NOTE: Park the vehicle in a safe place, turn the engine OFF. Clean the sensor window with a soft cloth and then perform the settings again.
JPOIA0152ZZ

When the ICC system is malfunctioning

A chime sounds and the control is automatically canceled. NOTE: Turn the engine OFF and restart engine. If there is no malfunction, it is possible to set the system.
JPOIA0153ZZ

Automatic cancellation display

When brake pedal is depressed When clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models) When CANCEL switch is pressed When the vehicle speed falls below approximately 32 km/h (20 MPH) When the selector lever is not in D, DS position or manual mode (A/T models) When the shift knob is shifted in the neutral position (M/T models) When the front wipers are operating at LO or HI

A chime sounds and the control is automatically canceled. NOTE: The system will be in a standby, after the control is automatically cancelled. A chime sounds when the control is automatically canceled, except when brake pedal is depressed or when CANCEL switch is pressed.

JPOIA0154ZZ

NOTE: When the ICC system is automatically cancelled, the cancellation condition can be displayed on WORK SUPPORT of CONSULT-III (ICC).

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-28

2009 G37 Coupe

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ICC]
INFOID:0000000004638207

Component Parts Location

CCS

P
JSOIA0078GB

1. 4. 7.

Information display, ICC system warning lamp ECM ICC brake switch

2. 5. 8.

Buzzer (ICC warning chime) ICC sensor integrated unit Stop lamp switch

3. 6. 9.

ICC steering switch ICC brake hold relay ICC clutch switch

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-29

2009 G37 Coupe

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
10. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A. D. G. On the combination meter Behind the glove box Upper side of brake pedal B. E. H. Back of combination meter Front bumper (LH) Upper side clutch pedal
INFOID:0000000004638208

[ICC]

C. F.

Steering wheel (RH) Engine room (LH)

Component Description
Function Description *1 *2 *3

: Applicable

Component ICC sensor integrated unit ECM ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BCM TCM

Description Refer to CCS-43, "Description". Refer to CCS-70, "Description". Refer to CCS-50, "Description". Transmits the front wiper request signal to ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication. Refer to CCS-95, "Description". Receives the meter display signal, buzzer output signal, and ICC warning lamp signal from ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication and transmits them to the combination meter via the communication line. Performs the following operations using the signals received from the unified meter and A/C amp. via the communication line. Displays the ICC system operation status using the meter display signal. Illuminates the ICC system warning lamp using the ICC warning lamp signal. Operates the buzzer (ICC warning chime) using the buzzer output signal.

Unified meter and A/C amp.

Combination meter

ICC brake switch Stop lamp switch ICC clutch switch ICC brake hold relay Park/neutral position switch *1: Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode

Refer to CCS-64, "Description". Refer to CCS-103, "Description". Refer to CCS-52, "Description".

*2: Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode *3: Brake Assist (With Preview Function)

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-30

2009 G37 Coupe

CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ICC]
A

CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004638209

CCS

P
JSOIA0113GB

System Description
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
Revision: 2009 October

INFOID:0000000004638210

CCS-31

2009 G37 Coupe

CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


[ICC] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > This mode allows driving at a speed between 40 to 144 km/h (25 to 90 MPH) without keeping foot on the accelerator pedal. NOTE: In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, a warning chime does not sound to warn driver if own vehicle are too close to the vehicle ahead, as neither the presence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-tovehicle distance is detected.

OPERATION DESCRIPTION
To turn ON the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, push and hold the MAIN switch for longer than approximately 1.5 seconds when ICC system is OFF. When pushing the MAIN switch ON, the ICC system display and the MAIN switch indicator are displayed on the information display. After hold the MAIN switch ON for longer than approximately 1.5 seconds, the ICC system display goes out. The MAIN switch indicator stays lit and brings the system to standby state. NOTE: To turn on the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode again, turn OFF the system and quickly push (less than 1.5 seconds) the MAIN switch. ICC sensor integrated unit performs the control as per the following:
Constant speed Comparing the set vehicle speed with the current vehicle speed, transmits the command to ECM via CAN communication to reach the set vehicle speed, and controls the electronic throttle control actuator.

Set Condition When the system is under a standby state and the vehicle speed is between approximately 40 to 144 km/h (25 to 90 MPH), pushing the SET/COAST switch will start system control. If the system is cancelled by conditions 1-7 below, the system will resume control at the last set cruising speed by pushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch.
Cancel conditions

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

When CANCEL switch is pressed. When brake pedal depressed. When clutch pedal depressed. (M/T models) When the vehicle speed falls below approximately 32 km/h (20 MPH). When the vehicle slows down more than 13 km/h (8 MPH) below the set speed. When the selector lever is not in the D, DS position or manual mode. (A/T models) When the shift knob is shifted in the neutral position. (M/T models) When the MAIN switch is turned OFF. When VDC (including the TCS) operates. When a wheel slips. When the system malfunction occurs.

OPERATION AND DISPLAY


ICC Steering Switch

JPOIA0266ZZ

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-32

2009 G37 Coupe

CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
1. 4. CANCEL switch MAIN switch 2. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 3. SET/COAST switch

[ICC]
A

No. 1 2 3 4

Description CANCEL switch RESUME/ACCELERATE switch SET/COAST switch MAIN switch

Function Deactivates system without erasing set speed. Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally. Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed incrementally. Master switch to activate the system (Press for more than 1.5 seconds).

ICC System Display (On The Information Display)

JSOIA0012ZZ

No. 1 2 3

Description ICC system warning lamp MAIN switch indicator SET switch indicator

Function Indicates that a malfunction occurs in the ICC system. Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON (ICC system ON). Indicates that the set conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode is controlled.

System Control Condition Display Push and hold the MAIN switch for longer than approximately 1.5 seconds. This mode will be in a standby state for setting.

Condition

Display on ICC system display

L
Standby mode

M
JPOIA0158ZZ

N
Control mode

CCS
JPOIA0156ZZ

Warning and Automatic Cancellation Display

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-33

2009 G37 Coupe

CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Condition Description A chime sounds and the control is automatically canceled. NOTE: Turn the engine OFF and restart engine. If there is no malfunction, it is possible to set the system.
JPOIA0157ZZ

[ICC]
Display on ICC system display

Warning display

When the ICC system is malfunctioning

System cancel display

When brake pedal is depressed When pressing CANCEL switch When clutch pedal depressed (M/T models) When the vehicle speed falls below approximately 32 km/h (20 MPH) When the vehicle slows down more than 13 km/h (8 MPH) below the set speed When the selector lever is not in the D, DS position or manual mode (A/T models) When the shift knob is shifted in the neutral position (M/T models) When VDC (including the TCS) operates When a wheel slips

A chime sounds and the control is automatically canceled. NOTE: The system will be in a standby, after the control is automatically cancelled. A chime sounds when the control is automatically canceled, except when brake pedal is depressed or when CANCEL switch is pressed.

JPOIA0158ZZ

NOTE: When the ICC system is automatically cancelled, the cancellation condition can be displayed on WORK SUPPORT of CONSULT-III (ICC).

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-34

2009 G37 Coupe

CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ICC]
INFOID:0000000004638211

Component Parts Location

CCS

P
JSOIA0078GB

1. 4. 7.

Information display, ICC system warning lamp ECM ICC brake switch

2. 5. 8.

Buzzer (ICC warning chime) ICC sensor integrated unit Stop lamp switch

3. 6. 9.

ICC steering switch ICC brake hold relay ICC clutch switch

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-35

2009 G37 Coupe

CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
10. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A. D. G. On the combination meter Behind the glove box Upper side of brake pedal B. E. H. Back of combination meter Front bumper (LH) Upper side clutch pedal
INFOID:0000000004638212

[ICC]

C. F.

Steering wheel (RH) Engine room (LH)

Component Description
Function Description *1 *2 *3

: Applicable

Component ICC sensor integrated unit ECM ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BCM TCM

Description Refer to CCS-43, "Description". Refer to CCS-70, "Description". Refer to CCS-50, "Description". Transmits the front wiper request signal to ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication. Refer to CCS-95, "Description". Receives the meter display signal, buzzer output signal, and ICC warning lamp signal from ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication and transmits them to the combination meter via the communication line. Performs the following operations using the signals received from the unified meter and A/C amp. via the communication line. Displays the ICC system operation status using the meter display signal. Illuminates the ICC system warning lamp using the ICC warning lamp signal. Operates the buzzer (ICC warning chime) using the buzzer output signal.

Unified meter and A/C amp.

Combination meter

ICC brake switch Stop lamp switch ICC clutch switch ICC brake hold relay Park/neutral position switch *1: Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode

Refer to CCS-64, "Description". Refer to CCS-103, "Description". Refer to CCS-52, "Description".

*2: Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode *3: Brake Assist (With Preview Function)

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-36

2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638213

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT)


Diagnosis Description
The DTC is displayed on the information display by operating the ICC steering switch.

ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM DIAGRAM


C

E
JPOIA0189GB

ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS OPERATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION: Start condition of on board self-diagnosis MAIN switch OFF Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH) 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Start the engine. 3. Wait for 5 seconds after starting the engine. Push up the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 5 times and push down the SET/COAST switch 5 times within 10 seconds. NOTE: If the above operation cannot be performed within 10 seconds after waiting for 5 seconds after starting the engine, repeat the procedure from step 1.

PKIB8371E

4.

The DTC is displayed on the set vehicle speed indicator (1) on the ICC system display on the information display when the on board self-diagnosis starts. Refer to CCS-113, "DTC Index".

CCS

JSOIA0008GB

NOTE: It displays for up to 5 minutes and then stops.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-37

2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT)


[ICC] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > If multiple malfunctions exist, up to 3 DTCs can be stored in memory at the most, and the most recent one is displayed first.

WHEN THE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS DOES NOT START


If the on board self-diagnosis does not start, check the following items.
Assumed abnormal part Combination meter malfunction Inspection item Check that the self-diagnosis function of the combination meter operates. Refer to MWI-35, "Diagnosis Description". Check power supply and ground circuit of unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-50, "UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure". Start the self-diagnosis of the unified meter and A/C amp. and then check the self-diagnosis results. Refer to MWI-99, "DTC Index". Perform the inspection for DTC C1A06. Refer to CCS60, "Diagnosis Procedure". Check power supply and ground circuit of ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-102, "Diagnosis Procedure". Perform SELF-DIAGNOSIS for ICC with CONSULTIII, and then check the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-113, "DTC Index".

ICC system display

Unified meter and A/C amp. malfunction

Communication error of the combination meter and the unified meter and A/C amp. ICC steering switch malfunction Harness malfunction between ICC steering switch and ECM ECM malfunction

ICC sensor integrated unit malfunction

HOW TO ERASE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Start the engine, and then start the on board self-diagnosis. Press the CANCEL switch 5 times, and then press the DISTANCE switch 5 times under the condition that the on board self-diagnosis starts. NOTE: Complete the operation within 10 seconds after pressing the CANCEL switch first. If the operation is not completed within 10 seconds, repeat the procedure from step 1. DTC 55 is displayed after erasing. NOTE: DTCs for existing malfunction can not be erased. Turn ignition switch OFF, and finish the diagnosis.

4.

PKIB8373E

5.

CONSULT-III Function (ICC)


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638214

CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication using ICC sensor integrated unit.
Diagnosis mode Work Support Self Diagnostic Result Data Monitor Active Test Ecu Identification CAN Diag Support Monitor Description It can monitor the adjustment direction indication in order to perform the laser beam aiming operation smoothly. Displays causes of automatic cancellation of the ICC system. Displays malfunctioning system memorized in ICC sensor integrated unit. Displays real-time input/output data of ICC sensor integrated unit. Enables operation check of electrical loads by transmitting driving signal to them. Displays ICC sensor integrated unit part number. The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-38

2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > WORK SUPPORT
Work support items CAUSE OF AUTO-CANCEL LASER BEAM ADJUST Description Displays causes of automatic cancellation of the ICC system. Outputs laser beam, calculates dislocation of the beam, and indicates adjustment direction.

[ICC]
A

Display Items for The Cause of Automatic Cancellation NOTE: Causes of the maximum five cancellations (system cancel) are displayed. The displayed cancellation causes display the number of the ignition switch ON/OFF up to 254. It is fixed to 254 if it is over 254. It returns to 0 when the same cancellation cause is detected again.
: Applicable

Cause of cancellation

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode

E
Description

F
The wiper operates at HI or LO ABS function was operated

OPERATING WIPER OPERATING ABS OPERATING TCS OPERATING VDC ECM CIRCUIT OPE SW VOLT CIRC LASER SUNBEAM LASER TEMP OP SW DOUBLE TOUCH WHL SPD ELEC NOISE VDC/TCS OFF SW VHCL SPD UNMATCH SNOW MODE SW TIRE SLIP IGN LOW VOLT WHEEL SPD UNMATCH VHCL SPD DOWN CAN COMM ERROR ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC ECD CIRCUIT ENG SPEED DOWN ASCD VHCL SPD DTAC ASCD DOUBLE COMD NO RECORD

TCS function was operated VDC function was operated ECM did not permit ICC operation The ICC steering switch input voltage is not within standard range Intense light such as sunlight entered ICC sensor integrated unit light sensing part Temperature around ICC sensor integrated unit became low ICC steering switches were pressed at the same time Wheel speed sensor signal caught electromagnetic noise VDC OFF switch was pressed Wheel speed became different from A/T vehicle speed Snow mode switch was pressed Wheel slipped Power supply voltage became low The wheel speeds of 4 wheels are out of the specified values Vehicle speed becomes 32 km/h (20 MPH) and under ICC sensor integrated unit received an abnormal signal with CAN communication An abnormal condition occurs in VDC/TCS/ABS system An abnormal condition occurs in ECD system Engine speed became extremely low while controlling ICC system Vehicle speed is detached from set vehicle speed Cancel switch and operation switch are detected simultaneously

CCS

Laser Beam Adjust Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


Refer to CCS-113, "DTC Index".

DATA MONITOR
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-39

2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Monitored item [Unit] MAIN SW [On/Off] SET/COAST SW [On/Off] CANCEL SW [On/Off] RESUME/ACC SW [On/Off] DISTANCE SW [On/Off] CRUISE OPE [On/Off] BRAKE SW [On/Off] STOP LAMP SW [On/Off] IDLE SW [On/Off] SET DISTANCE [Short/Mid/Long] CRUISE LAMP [On/Off] OWN VHCL [On/Off] VHCL AHEAD [On/Off] ICC WARNING [On/Off] VHCL SPEED SE [km/h] or [mph] SET VHCL SPD [km/h] or [mph] BUZZER O/P [On/Off] THRTL SENSOR [deg] ENGINE RPM [rpm] WIPER SW [Off/Low/High] YAW RATE [deg/s] STP LMP DRIVE [On/Off] D RANGE SW [On/Off] NP RANGE SW [On/Off] PKB SW [Off] MAIN SIGNAL Description Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from ICC steering switch signal (ECM transmits ICC steering switch signal through CAN communication). Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from ICC steering switch signal (ECM transmits ICC steering switch signal through CAN communication). Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from ICC steering switch signal (ECM transmits ICC steering switch signal through CAN communication). Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from ICC steering switch signal (ECM transmits ICC steering switch signal through CAN communication). Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from ICC steering switch signal (ECM transmits ICC steering switch signal through CAN communication). Indicates whether controlling or not (ON means controlling). Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from ICC brake switch signal (ECM transmits ICC brake switch signal through CAN communication). Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from stop lamp switch signal (ECM transmits stop lamp switch signal through CAN communication). Indicates [On/Off] status of idle switch read from ICC sensor integrated unit through CAN communication (ECM transmits On/Off status through CAN communication). Indicates set distance memorized in ICC sensor integrated unit. Indicates [On/Off] status of MAIN switch indicator output. Indicates [On/Off] status of own vehicle indicator output. Indicates [On/Off] status of vehicle ahead detection indicator output. Indicates [On/Off] status of ICC system warning lamp output. Indicates vehicle speed calculated from ICC sensor integrated unit through CAN communication [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits vehicle speed signal (wheel speed) through CAN communication]. Indicates set vehicle speed memorized in ICC sensor integrated unit. Indicates [On/Off] status of ICC warning chime output. NOTE: The item is displayed, but it is not monitored. Indicates engine speed read from ICC sensor integrated unit through CAN communication (ECM transmits engine speed through CAN communication). Indicates wiper [Off/Low/High] status (BCM transmits front wiper request signal through CAN communication). NOTE: The item is displayed, but it is not monitored. Indicates [On/Off] status of ICC brake hold relay drive output. Indicates [On/Off] status of D or DS or M positions read from ICC sensor integrated unit through CAN communication; ON when position D or DS or M (TCM transmits shift position signal through CAN communication). Indicates shift position signal read from ICC sensor integrated unit through CAN communication (TCM transmits shift position signal through CAN communication). NOTE: The item is displayed, but it is not monitored.

[ICC]
: Applicable

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-40

2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Monitored item [Unit] PWR SUP MONI [V] VHCL SPD AT [km/h] or [mph] THRTL OPENING [%] GEAR [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] CLUTCH SW SIG [On/Off] NP SW SIG [On/Off] MODE SIG [OFF, ICC, ASCD] SET DISP IND [On/Off] DISTANCE [m] RELATIVE SPD [m/s] MAIN SIGNAL Description Indicates IGN voltage input by ICC sensor integrated unit. Indicates vehicle speed calculated from A/T vehicle speed sensor read from ICC sensor integrated unit through CAN communication (TCM transmits A/T vehicle speed sensor signal through CAN communication). Indicates throttle position read from ICC sensor integrated unit through CAN communication (ECM transmits accelerator pedal position signal through CAN communication). Indicates A/T gear position read from ICC sensor integrated unit through CAN communication (TCM transmits current gear position signal through CAN communication). Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from ICC brake switch signal (ECM transmits ICC brake switch signal through CAN communication). (M/T models) Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from park/neutral position switch signal (ECM transmits park/neutral position switch signal through CAN communication). (M/T models) Indicates the active mode from ICC or ASCD [conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode]. Indicates [On/Off] status of SET switch indicator output. Indicates the distance from the vehicle ahead. Indicates the relative speed of the vehicle ahead.

[ICC]
A

ACTIVE TEST
CAUTION: Never perform Active Test while driving the vehicle. The Active Test cannot be performed when the ICC system warning lamp is illuminated. Shift the selector lever to P position, and then perform the test.
Test item METER LAMP STOP LAMP ICC BUZZER Description The ICC system warning lamp, MAIN switch indicator, and SET switch indicator can be illuminated by ON/OFF operations as necessary. The ICC brake hold relay can be operated by ON/OFF operations as necessary, and the stop lamp can be illuminated. The ICC warning chime can sound by ON/OFF operations as necessary.

METER LAMP NOTE: The test can be performed only when the engine is running.
Operation MAIN switch indicator SET switch indicator ICC system warning lamp OFF

Test item

Description Stops transmitting the signals below to end the test. Meter display signal ICC warning lamp signal Transmits the following signals to the unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communication. Meter display signal ICC warning lamp signal

CCS

Off METER LAMP On

P
ON

STOP LAMP

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-41

2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Test item Operation Off On Description Stops transmitting the ICC brake hold relay drive signal below to end the test. Transmits the ICC brake hold relay drive signal. Stop lamp OFF ON

[ICC]

STOP LAMP

ICC BUZZER
Test item Operation Test Start ICC BUZZER Reset End Description Transmits the buzzer output signal to the unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communication. Stops transmitting the buzzer output signal below to end the test. Return to the SELECT TEST ITEM screen. ICC warning chime operation sound Beep sound

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-42

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A00 CONTROL UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
C1A00 CONTROL UNIT
Description
INFOID:0000000004638215

ICC sensor integrated unit function description It detects the reflected light from the vehicle ahead by irradiating a laser forward. It calculates the vehicle distance from and relative speed with the vehicle ahead depending on the detected signal. It calculates the target vehicle distance and the target vehicle speed depending on the signals from various sensors and switches, outputs the engine torque demand to ECM via CAN communication, and outputs the deceleration degree commandment value signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) C1A00 (0)

INFOID:0000000004638216

F
Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition ICC sensor integrated unit internal malfunction Possible causes

CONTROL UNIT

ICC sensor integrated unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Start the engine. 2. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 3. Check if the C1A00 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A00 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-43, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638217

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if any DTC other than C1A00 is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-113, "DTC Index". NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638218

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. CCS Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-43

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A00 CONTROL UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-44

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A

C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2


Description
The ICC sensor integrated unit controls the system with the ignition power supply.
INFOID:0000000004638219

B
INFOID:0000000004638220

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) C1A01 (1) C1A02 (2) Trouble diagnosis name POWER SUPPLY CIR POWER SUPPLY CIR 2 DTC detecting condition ICC sensor integrated unit power supply voltage is excessively low (less than 8 V). ICC sensor integrated unit power supply voltage is excessively high (more than 19 V).

Possible causes

Connector, harness, fuse ICC sensor integrated unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. 2. 3. 4. Start the engine. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. Check if the C1A01 or C1A02 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A01 or C1A02 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-45, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
INFOID:0000000004638221

Diagnosis Procedure

1.CHECK ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check power supply and ground circuit of ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-102, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638222

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

CCS

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.)
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-45

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check that the ICC system is normal.
>> WORK END

[ICC]

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-46

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638223

C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR


Description

The ICC sensor integrated unit receives the vehicle speed signal (wheel speed) from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the A/T vehicle speed sensor signal (output shaft revolution signal) from TCM via CAN communication.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition

INFOID:0000000004638224

Possible causes Wheel speed sensor ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Vehicle speed sensor A/T (output speed sensor) TCM ICC sensor integrated unit

C1A03 (3)

VHCL SPEED SE CIRC

If the vehicle speed signal (wheel speed) from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the A/T vehicle speed sensor signal (output shaft revolution signal) from TCM, received by the ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication, are inconsistent

NOTE: If DTC C1A03 is detected along with DTC U1000 or C1A04, first diagnose the DTC U1000 or C1A04. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic" for DTC U1000. Refer to CCS-50, "DTC Logic" for DTC C1A04.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. 2. 3. Start the engine. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON. Drive the vehicle at 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more. CAUTION: Always drive safely. 4. Stop the vehicle. 5. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 6. Check if the C1A03 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A03 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-47, "Diagnosis Procedure (A/T Models)" or CCS-48, "Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models)". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

Diagnosis Procedure (A/T Models)

INFOID:0000000004638225

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

2.
1. 2. 3.

Check if C1A04 or U1000 is detected other than C1A03 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is any DTC detected? CCS YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-113, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 2. P CHECK DATA MONITOR Start the engine. Drive the vehicle. Check that the value of VHCL SPD AT is almost the same as the value of VHCL SPEED SE in DATA MONITOR of ICC. CAUTION: Be careful of the vehicle speed.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-47

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 3. [ICC]

3.CHECK TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


1. Perform All DTC Reading. 2. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of TRANSMISSION. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to TM-258, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ABS. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index". NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models)

INFOID:0000000004638226

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if C1A04 or U1000 is detected other than C1A03 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-113, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DATA MONITOR


Start the engine. Drive the vehicle. Check that the value of SPEED METER of METER/M&A is almost the same as the value of VHCL SPEED SE of ICC with DATA MONITOR. CAUTION: Be careful of the vehicle speed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 3. 1. 2. 3.

3.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


1. Perform All DTC Reading. 2. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of METER/M&A. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to MWI-99, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ABS. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index". NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION
Revision: 2009 October

INFOID:0000000004638227

CCS-48

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR


[ICC] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".
C

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END
G E F

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-49

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC SYSTEM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC SYSTEM


Description
INFOID:0000000004638228

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits the vehicle speed signal (wheel speed), the stop lamp switch signal and VDC/TCS/ABS system operation condition to ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) receives the deceleration degree command value signal from the ICC sensor integrated unit with CAN communication and controls the brake fluid pressure.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) C1A04 (4) Trouble diagnosis name ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC DTC detecting condition If a malfunction occurs in the VDC/TCS/ABS system

INFOID:0000000004638229

Possible causes ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

NOTE: If DTC C1A04 is detected along with DTC U1000, first diagnose the DTC U1000. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638230

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


1. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 2. Check if the U1000 is detected other than C1A04 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U1000 detected? YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ABS. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index". NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638231

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


Revision: 2009 October

CCS-50

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC SYSTEM


[ICC] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) 2. Check that the ICC system is normal.
>> WORK END

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-51

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW


Description
INFOID:0000000004638232

ICC brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON when depressing the brake pedal. ICC clutch switch is turned OFF when depressing the clutch pedal (M/T models). NOTE: ICC clutch switch and ICC brake switch are connected in series. ICC brake switch signal is input to ECM. The signal is transmitted from ECM to ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication. Stop lamp switch signal is input to ECM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). These signals are transmitted from ECM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) to ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition

INFOID:0000000004638233

Possible causes Stop lamp switch circuit ICC brake switch circuit ICC clutch switch circuit (M/T models) Stop lamp switch ICC brake switch ICC clutch switch (M/T models) Incorrect stop lamp switch installation Incorrect ICC brake switch installation Incorrect ICC clutch switch installation (M/T models) ECM ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

C1A05 (5)

BRAKE SW/STOP L SW

If ICC sensor integrated unit receives signals indicating that the stop lamp switch [from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)] is ON and the ICC brake switch (from ECM) is ON

NOTE: If DTC C1A05 is detected along with DTC U1000, U0401, U0415, or U0121, first diagnose the DTC U1000, U0401, U0415, or U0121. DTC U1000: Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". DTC U0401: Refer to CCS-93, "DTC Logic". DTC U0415: Refer to CCS-97, "DTC Logic". DTC U0121: Refer to CCS-91, "DTC Logic".

Diagnosis Procedure (A/T Models)

INFOID:0000000004638234

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


1. 2. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. Check if U1000, U0401, U0415, or U0121 is detected other than C1A05 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-113, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH WITH ICC DATA MONITOR


Check that BRAKE SW operate normally in DATA MONITOR of ICC. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3.
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-52

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 4. [ICC]
A

3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH WITH ABS DATA MONITOR


Check that STOP LAMP SW operate normally in DATA MONITOR of ABS. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> GO TO 9.

4.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INSTALLATION


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ICC brake switch for correct installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Adjust ICC brake switch installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment".

5.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH


1. Disconnect ICC brake switch connector. 2. Check ICC brake switch. Refer to CCS-58, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.

6.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ICC brake switch harness connector and ground.
Terminal (+) ICC brake switch Connector E114 Terminal 1 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or replace ICC brake switch power supply circuit.

7.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ICC BRAKE SWITCH AND ECM


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM connector. Check for continuity between ICC brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ICC brake switch Connector E114 Terminal 2 Connector M107 ECM Terminal 126

Continuity

N
Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair the harness or connectors.

CCS

8.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM


1. Connect all connectors again if the connectors are disconnected. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading. 4. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ENGINE. Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index". Is any DTC detected? YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts identified by the self-diagnosis result. NO >> Replace ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-53

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INSTALLATION


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check stop lamp switch for correct installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment".

10.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


1. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector. 2. Check stop lamp switch. Refer to CCS-58, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.

11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
Terminal (+) Stop lamp switch Connector E110 Terminal 3 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair or replace stop lamp switch power supply circuit.

12.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
(CONTROL UNIT) 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. 3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Stop lamp switch Connector E110 Terminal 4 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 30 Existed

Continuity

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Repair the harness or connectors.

13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM


1. Connect all connectors again if the connectors are disconnected. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading. 4. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ENGINE. Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index". Is any DTC detected? YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts identified by the self-diagnosis result. NO >> GO TO 14.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


1. 2. Connect all connectors again if the connectors are disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-54

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW


[ICC] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Perform All DTC Reading. 4. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ABS. Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index". Is any DTC detected? YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts identified by the self-diagnosis result. NO >> Replace ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models)

INFOID:0000000004638235

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. Check if U1000, U0401, U0415, or U0121 is detected other than C1A05 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-113, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 2. 1. 2.

2.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH WITH ICC DATA MONITOR


Check that BRAKE SW operate normally in DATA MONITOR of ICC. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4.

3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH WITH ABS DATA MONITOR


Check that STOP LAMP SW operate normally in DATA MONITOR of ABS. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> GO TO 12.

4.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH INSTALLATION


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ICC clutch switch for correct installation. Refer to CL-5, "Inspection and Adjustment". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Adjust ICC clutch switch installation. Refer to CL-5, "Inspection and Adjustment".
J K

5.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH


1. Disconnect ICC clutch switch connector. 2. Check ICC clutch switch. Refer to CCS-58, "Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace ICC clutch switch.

6.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ICC clutch switch harness connector and ground.

CCS
Terminal (+) ICC clutch switch Connector E113 Terminal 1 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or replace ICC clutch switch power supply circuit.
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-55

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

7.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INSTALLATION


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check ICC brake switch for correct installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Adjust ICC brake switch installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment".

8.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ICC brake switch connector. 3. Check ICC brake switch. Refer to CCS-58, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.

9.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ICC CLUTCH SWITCH AND ICC BRAKE SWITCH
1. Check continuity between ICC brake switch harness connector and ICC clutch switch harness connector.
ICC clutch switch Connector E113 Terminal 2 ICC brake switch Connector E114 Terminal 1 Continuity Existed

2.

Check continuity between ICC clutch switch harness connector and ground.
ICC clutch switch Connector E113 Terminal 2 Ground

Continuity Not existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair the harness or connectors.

10.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ICC BRAKE SWITCH AND ECM


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM connector. Check for continuity between ICC brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ICC brake switch Connector E114 Terminal 2 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 126

Continuity Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Repair the harness or connectors.

11.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM


1. Connect all connectors again if the connectors are disconnected. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading. 4. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ENGINE. Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index". Is any DTC detected? YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts identified by the self-diagnosis result. NO >> Replace ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

12.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INSTALLATION


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-56

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check stop lamp switch for correct installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". [ICC]
A

13.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


1. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector. 2. Check stop lamp switch. Refer to CCS-58, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.

14.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
Terminal (+) Stop lamp switch Connector E110 Terminal 3 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Repair or replace stop lamp switch power supply circuit.

15.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
(CONTROL UNIT) 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. 3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Stop lamp switch Connector E110 Terminal 4 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 30 Existed

K
Continuity

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Repair the harness or connectors.

16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM


1. Connect all connectors again if the connectors are disconnected. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading. 4. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ENGINE. Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index". Is any DTC detected? YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts identified by the self-diagnosis result. NO >> GO TO 17.
N CCS

17.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


1. Connect all connectors again if the connectors are disconnected. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading. 4. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ABS. Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index". Is any DTC detected?
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-57

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts identified by the self-diagnosis result. NO >> Replace ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". [ICC]

Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)

INFOID:0000000004638236

1.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH


Check for continuity between ICC brake switch terminals.
Terminal 1 2 Condition When brake pedal is depressed When brake pedal is not depressed Continuity Not existed Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.

Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch)

INFOID:0000000004638237

1.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH


Check for continuity between ICC clutch switch terminals.
Terminal 1 2 Condition When clutch pedal is depressed When clutch pedal is not depressed Continuity Not existed Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ICC clutch switch.

Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)

INFOID:0000000004638238

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


Check for continuity between stop lamp switch terminals.
Terminal 1 2 Condition When brake pedal is depressed When brake pedal is not depressed When brake pedal is depressed 3 4 When brake pedal is not depressed Continuity Existed Not existed Existed Not existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638239

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT


Revision: 2009 October

CCS-58

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-59

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A06 OPERATION SW
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

C1A06 OPERATION SW
Description
INFOID:0000000004638240

Operate the ICC system ON/OFF and vehicle speed/vehicle distance setting by the ICC steering switch. The ICC steering switch signal is input to the ECM. It is transmitted from ECM to ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) C1A06 (6) Trouble diagnosis name OPERATION SW CIRC DTC detecting condition

INFOID:0000000004638241

Possible causes ICC steering switch circuit ICC steering switch ECM

If the input signal from ICC steering switch is malfunctioning

NOTE: If DTC C1A06 is detected along with DTC U1000, first diagnose the DTC U1000. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic".

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Start the engine. 2. Wait for approximately 5 minutes after turning the MAIN switch of ICC system ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 4. Check if the C1A06 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A06 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-60, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638242

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if U1000 is detected other than C1A06 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U1000 detected? YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the ICC steering switch connector. 3. Check the ICC steering switch. Refer to CCS-61, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace the ICC steering switch.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN SPIRAL CABLE AND ECM


1. 2. Disconnect the ECM connector. Check for continuity between the spiral cable harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-60

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A06 OPERATION SW
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Spiral cable Connector M36 Terminal 25 32 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 101 108

[ICC]
A
Continuity

Existed

3.

Check for continuity between spiral cable harness connector and ground.
C
Spiral cable Connector M36 Terminal 25 32 Ground Not existed Continuity

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.

4.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE


Check for continuity between spiral cable terminals.
Spiral cable Terminal 13 16 25 32 Continuity

Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace the spiral cable.

5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM


1. Connect the connectors of ICC steering switch and ECM connector. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading. 4. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ENGINE. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform self-diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index". NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000004638243

1.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH


Check resistance between ICC steering switch terminals.
Terminal Switch operation When pressing MAIN switch When pressing CANCEL switch When pressing DISTANCE switch 13 16 When pressing SET/COAST switch When pressing RESUME/ACCELERATE switch When all switches are not pressed Resistance [] Approx. 0 Approx. 309 Approx. 741 Approx. 1406 Approx. 2586 Approx. 5456
JSOIA0069GB

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-61

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A06 OPERATION SW
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace the ICC steering switch. [ICC]

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638244

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-62

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A12 LASER BEAM OFF CENTER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638245

C1A12 LASER BEAM OFF CENTER


Description
ICC sensor integrated unit detects the reflected light from the vehicle ahead by irradiating a laser forward. It calculates the distance from and relative speed with the vehicle ahead based on the detected signal.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) C1A12 (12)

INFOID:0000000004638246

D
Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Laser beam of ICC sensor integrated unit is off the aiming point Possible causes

LASER BEAM OFFCNTR

Laser beam is off the aiming point

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638247

1.ADJUST LASER BEAM AIMING


Adjust the laser beam aiming with CONSULT-III. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description". 2. Perform All DTC Reading. 3. Check if the C1A12 is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A12 detected? YES >> Replace ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". NO >> INSPECTION END 1.

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

I
INFOID:0000000004638248

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2.

Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) CCS Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END
P

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-63

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY


Description
INFOID:0000000004638249

The ICC brake hold relay activates the stop lamp by the ICC brake hold relay drive signal (stop lamp drive signal) outputted by the ICC sensor integrated unit.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition

INFOID:0000000004638250

Possible causes Stop lamp switch circuit ICC brake switch circuit ICC brake hold relay circuit Stop lamp switch ICC brake switch ICC brake hold relay Incorrect stop lamp switch installation Incorrect ICC brake switch installation ECM ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

C1A13 (13)

STOP LAMP RLY FIX

If the stop lamp is not activated even though the ICC sensor integrated unit is transmitting a ICC brake hold relay drive signal If the stop lamp is activated even though the ICC sensor integrated unit is not transmitting a ICC brake hold relay drive signal

NOTE: If DTC C1A13 is detected along with DTC U1000, first diagnose the DTC U1000. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic".

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (1)


1. Start the engine. 2. Perform the active test item STOP LAMP with CONSULT-III. 3. Perform All DTC Reading. 4. Check if the C1A13 is detected as the current malfunction in the Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A13 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-64, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (2)


1. Drive at the vehicle speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for approximately 20 seconds or more without the brake pedal depressed. CAUTION: Always drive safely. NOTE: If it is outside the above condition, repeat step 1. 2. Perform All DTC Reading. 3. Check if the C1A13 is detected as the current malfunction in the Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A13 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-64, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638251

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if U1000 is detected other than C1A13 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U1000 detected?

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-64

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY


[ICC] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH WITH ICC DATA MONITOR


Check that STOP LAMP SW operate normally in DATA MONITOR of ICC. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 3.
B C

3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INSTALLATION


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check stop lamp switch for correct installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment".
D

4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


1. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector. 2. Check stop lamp switch. Refer to CCS-58, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.

5.CHECK STOP LAMP ILLUMINATION


1. Connect stop lamp switch connector. 2. Remove ICC brake hold relay. 3. Check that the stop lamp is illuminated by depressing the brake pedal to turn the stop lamp ON. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.

6.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ECM


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector and ECM connector. Check for continuity between the stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Stop lamp switch Connector E110 Terminal 2 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 122

L
Continuity Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.

7.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY CIRCUIT


1. Connect ICC brake hold relay and ECM connector. 2. Check that the stop lamp does not illuminate when brake pedal is not depressed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8.
CCS

8.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY


1. Remove ICC brake hold relay. 2. Check ICC brake hold relay. Refer to CCS-69, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9.
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-65

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay. [ICC]

9.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM


1. Connect all connectors again if the connectors are disconnected. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading. 4. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ENGINE. Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index". Is any DTC detected? YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts identified by the self-diagnosis result. NO >> Replace ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

10.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT AND ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ICC sensor integrated unit connector and ICC brake hold relay. Check for continuity between ICC sensor integrated unit harness connector and ICC brake hold relay harness connector.
ICC brake hold relay Connector E51 Terminal 2

ICC sensor integrated unit Connector E67 Terminal 2

Continuity Existed

4.

Check for continuity between ICC sensor integrated unit harness connector and ground.

ICC sensor integrated unit Connector E67 Terminal 2 Ground

Continuity Not existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.

11.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT


Check for continuity between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.
ICC brake hold relay Connector E51 Terminal 1 Ground Continuity Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.

12.CHECK ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT STANDARD VOLTAGE


1. 2. 3. Connect ICC sensor integrated unit connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform STOP LAMP on Active Test of ICC, and then check the voltage between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.
Terminal (+) ICC brake hold relay Connector Terminal Ground E51 2 ()

Condition Active Test item STOP LAMP Off On Voltage (Approx.)

0V Battery voltage

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-66

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Replace ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". [ICC]
A

13.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.
Terminals (+) ICC brake hold relay Connector E51 Terminal 3 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Repair or replace ICC brake hold relay power supply circuit.

14.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY AND ECM


1. 2. Disconnect ECM, rear combination lamp and high-mounted stop lamp connector. Check continuity between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ICC brake hold relay Connector E51 Terminal 5 ECM Connector M107 Terminal 122

Continuity Existed

3.

Check continuity between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.
ICC brake hold relay Connector E51 Terminal 5 Ground

Continuity Not existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.

15.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY


1. Connect ECM, rear combination lamp and high-mounted stop lamp connector and ICC brake hold relay. 2. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Perform STOP LAMP on Active Test of ICC, and then check the stop lamp for illumination. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay.

16.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH WITH ABS DATA MONITOR


Check that STOP LAMP SW operate normally in DATA MONITOR of ABS. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 21. NO >> GO TO 17.
CCS P

17.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INSTALLATION


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check stop lamp switch for correct installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 18.
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-67

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". [ICC]

18.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


1. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector. 2. Check stop lamp switch. Refer to CCS-58, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 19. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.

19.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
Terminals (+) Stop lamp switch Connector E110 Terminal 3 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 20. NO >> Repair or replace stop lamp switch power supply circuit.

20.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
(CONTROL UNIT) 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. 3. Check for continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Stop lamp switch Connector E110 Terminal 4 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 30 Existed

Continuity

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 22. NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.

21.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM


1. Connect all connectors again if the connectors are disconnected. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading. 4. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ENGINE. Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index". Is any DTC detected? YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts identified by the self-diagnosis result. NO >> GO TO 22.

22.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


1. Connect all connectors again if the connectors are disconnected. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading. 4. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ABS. Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index". Is any DTC detected? YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts identified by the self-diagnosis result. NO >> Replace ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-68

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
INFOID:0000000004638252

Component Inspection

1.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY


Apply battery voltage to ICC brake hold relay terminals 1 and 2, and then check for continuity under the following conditions.
Terminal 3 5 Condition When the battery voltage is applied When the battery voltage is not applied Continuity Existed Not existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay.

JSOIA0075GB

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638253

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-69

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A14 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

C1A14 ECM
Description
INFOID:0000000004638254

ECM transmits the accelerator pedal position signal, ICC brake switch signal, stop lamp switch signal, ICC steering switch signal, etc. to ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication. ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator based on the engine torque demand received from the ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) C1A14 (14) Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition

INFOID:0000000004638255

Possible causes Accelerator pedal position sensor ECM ICC sensor integrated unit

ECM CIRCUIT

If ECM is malfunctioning

NOTE: If DTC C1A14 is detected along with DTC U1000, first diagnose the DTC U1000. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic".

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


Start the engine. Operate the ICC system and drive. CAUTION: Always drive safely. 3. Stop the vehicle. 4. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 5. Check if the C1A14 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A14 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-70, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". 1. 2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638256

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if U1000 is detected other than C1A14 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U1000 detected? YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM


Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ENGINE. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index". NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638257

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-70

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A14 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT [ICC]
A

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-71

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A15 GEAR POSITION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

C1A15 GEAR POSITION


Description
INFOID:0000000004638258

ICC sensor integrated unit judges the gear position based on the following signals. Current gear position signal transmitted from TCM via CAN communication. Value of gear ratio calculated from input speed signal transmitted from TCM via CAN communication. Value of gear ratio calculated from the vehicle speed signal transmitted from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) C1A15 (15) Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition If a mismatch occurs between a current gear position signal transmitted from TCM via CAN communication and the gear position calculated by ICC sensor integrated unit

INFOID:0000000004638259

Possible causes Input speed sensor Vehicle speed sensor A/T (output speed sensor) TCM

GEAR POSITION

NOTE: If DTC C1A15 is detected along with DTC U1000, C1A03 or C1A04, first diagnose the DTC U1000, C1A03 or C1A04. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic" for DTC U1000. Refer to CCS-47, "DTC Logic" for DTC C1A03. Refer to CCS-50, "DTC Logic" for DTC C1A04.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


Start the engine. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON. Drive the vehicle at 10 km/h (6 MPH) or faster for approximately 15 minutes or more. CAUTION: Always drive safely. 4. Stop the vehicle. 5. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 6. Check if C1A15 is detected as the current malfunction in the Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A15 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-72, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". 1. 2. 3.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638260

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if C1A03, C1A04 or U1000 is detected other than C1A15 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-113, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL


Check that VHCL SPEED SE operates normally in DATA MONITOR of ICC. CAUTION: Be careful of the vehicle speed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 7.
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-72

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A15 GEAR POSITION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A

3.CHECK GEAR POSITION


Check that GEAR operates normally in DATA MONITOR of ICC. CAUTION: Be careful of the vehicle speed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK GEAR POSITION SIGNAL


Check that GEAR operates normally in DATA MONITOR of TRANSMISSION. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 6.

5.CHECK INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL


Check that INPUT SPEED operates normally in DATA MONITOR of TRANSMISSION. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


1. Perform All DTC Reading. 2. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of TRANSMISSION. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to TM-258, "DTC Index". NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

7.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
1. Perform All DTC Reading. 2. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ABS. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index". NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".
J

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638261

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

CCS

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-73

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A15 GEAR POSITION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
>> WORK END

[ICC]

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-74

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A16 RADAR STAIN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638262

C1A16 RADAR STAIN


Description
ICC sensor integrated unit detects the reflected light from the vehicle ahead by irradiating a laser beam forward. It calculates the distance from and relative speed with the vehicle ahead based on the detected signal.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) C1A16 (16) Trouble diagnosis name

INFOID:0000000004638263

D
DTC detecting condition Possible causes Stain or foreign materials is deposited Cracks or scratches exist

RADAR STAIN

If any stain occurs to ICC sensor integrated unit body window

NOTE: DTC C1A16 may be detected under the following conditions. (Explain to the customer about the difference between the contamination detection function and the indication when the malfunction is detected and tell them This is not malfunction.) When contamination or foreign materials adhere to the ICC sensor integrated unit body window When driving while it is snowing or when frost forms on the ICC sensor integrated unit body window When ICC sensor integrated unit body window is temporarily fogged

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638264

1.VISUAL CHECK 1
Check ICC sensor integrated unit body window for contamination and foreign materials. Does contamination or foreign materials adhere? YES >> Wipe out the contamination and foreign materials from the ICC sensor integrated unit body window. NO >> GO TO 2.
I J

2.VISUAL CHECK 2
Check ICC sensor integrated unit body window for cracks and scratches. Is it found? YES >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 3.

3.INTERVIEW
1.

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

M Ask if there is any trace of contamination or foreign materials adhering to the ICC sensor integrated unit body window. 2. Ask if ICC sensor integrated unit body window was frosted during driving or if vehicle was driven in snow. 3. Ask if ICC sensor integrated unit body window was temporarily fogged. (Front window glass may also N tend to fog, etc.) What is the result of the interview with the customer? YES >> Explain to the customer about the difference between the contamination detection function and CCS the indication when the malfunction is detected and tell them This is not malfunction. NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". P
INFOID:0000000004638265

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-75

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A16 RADAR STAIN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT [ICC]

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-76

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A18 LASER AIMING INCMP


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638266

C1A18 LASER AIMING INCMP


Description DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) C1A18 (18) Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes No laser beam aiming adjustment is performed Laser beam aiming adjustment has been interrupted

Always perform the laser beam aiming adjustment after replacing the ICC sensor integrated unit.
INFOID:0000000004638267

LASER AIMING INCMP

Laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit is not adjusted

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Start the engine. 2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 4. Check if the C1A18 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A18 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-77, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
G

Diagnosis Procedure

I
INFOID:0000000004638268

1.ADJUST LASER BEAM AIMING


1. Adjust the laser beam aiming. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description". 2. Erase All self-diagnosis results with CONSULT-III. 3. Perform All DTC Reading. 4. Check if the C1A18 is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A18 detected? YES >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". NO >> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638269

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

CCS

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".
P

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


Revision: 2009 October

CCS-77

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A18 LASER AIMING INCMP


[ICC] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) 2. Check that the ICC system is normal.
>> WORK END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-78

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638270

C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP


Description
ICC sensor integrated unit integrates the temperature sensor.

B
INFOID:0000000004638271

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) C1A21 (21) Trouble diagnosis name UNIT HIGH TEMP DTC detecting condition If the temperature sensor (integrated in the ICC sensor integrated unit) detects a high temperature

Possible causes Temperature around ICC sensor integrated unit is excessively high

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Wait for 10 minutes or more to cool the ICC sensor integrated unit. 3. Start the engine. 4. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON. 5. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 6. Check if the C1A21 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A21 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-79, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638272

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM


Check for any malfunctions in engine cooling system. Is engine cooling system normal? YES >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". NO >> Repair engine cooling system.

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638273

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING CCS ADJUSTMENT : Description".
P

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-79

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > >> WORK END [ICC]

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-80

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A24 NP RANGE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638274

C1A24 NP RANGE
Description
ICC sensor integrated unit judges the NP position status from the shift position signal and current gear position signal received from TCM via CAN communication.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) C1A24 (24)

INFOID:0000000004638275

D
Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition If the shift position signal and the current gear position signal, transmitted from TCM via CAN communication, are inconsistent Possible causes

NP RANGE

TCM Transmission range switch

NOTE: If DTC C1A24 is detected along with DTC U1000, first diagnose the DTC U1000. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic".

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK DTC REPRODUCE (1)


1. Start the engine. 2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON. 3. Wait for approximately 5 minutes or more after shifting the selector lever to P position. 4. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 5. Check if the C1A24 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A24 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-81, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC REPRODUCE (2)


1. Wait for approximately 5 minutes or more after shifting the selector lever to N position. 2. Perform All DTC Reading. 3. Check if the C1A24 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A24 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-81, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
K

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638276

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


N Check if U1000 is detected other than C1A24 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U1000 detected? YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. CCS Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK NP POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL


Check that NP RANGE SW operates normally in DATA MONITOR of ICC. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".
P

3.CHECK TCM DATA MONITOR


Check that SLCT LVR POSI operates normally in DATA MONITOR of TRANSMISSION.
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-81

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A24 NP RANGE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 4. [ICC]

4.PERFORM TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Perform All DTC Reading. 2. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of TRANSMISSION. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to TM-258, "DTC Index". NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638277

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-82

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A26 ECD MODE MALFUNCTION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638278

C1A26 ECD MODE MALFUNCTION


Description
ECD (ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED DECELERATION) Receives deceleration degree commandment value signal from ICC sensor integrated unit, and controls brake fluid pressure with the motor [built in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. ECD control-related signals are transmitted by ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) to ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

INFOID:0000000004638279

E
DTC No. (On board display) C1A26 (26) Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

ECD MODE MALF

If an abnormal condition occurs with ECD system

NOTE: If DTC C1A26 is detected along with DTC U1000, U0415, or U0121, first diagnose the DTC U1000, U0415, or U0121. DTC U1000: Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". DTC U0415: Refer to CCS-97, "DTC Logic". DTC U0121: Refer to CCS-91, "DTC Logic".

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Start the engine. 2. Wait for approximately 1 minute after turning the MAIN switch of ICC system ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 4. Check if the C1A26 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A26 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-83, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638280

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if U1000, U0415, or U0121 is detected other than C1A26 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-113, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 2.
M N

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ABS. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index". NO >> Replace ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

CCS

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638281

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-83

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A26 ECD MODE MALFUNCTION


[ICC] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-84

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A27 ECD POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638282

C1A27 ECD POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


Description
ECD (ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED DECELERATION) Receives deceleration degree commandment value signal from ICC sensor integrated unit, and controls brake fluid pressure with the motor [built in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. ECD control-related signals are transmitted by ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) to ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. (On board display) C1A27 (27)

INFOID:0000000004638283

E
Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply circuit ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

ECD PWR SUPLY CIR

ECD system power supply voltage is excessively low

NOTE: If DTC C1A27 is detected along with DTC U1000, U0415, or U0121 first diagnose the DTC U1000, U0415, or U0121. DTC U1000: Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". DTC U0415: Refer to CCS-97, "DTC Logic". DTC U0121: Refer to CCS-91, "DTC Logic".

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Start the engine. 2. Wait for approximately 1 minute after turning the MAIN switch of ICC system ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 4. Check if the C1A27 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A27 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-85, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
J

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638284

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if U1000, U0415 or U0121 is detected other than C1A27 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-113, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OF ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check power supply circuit of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-37, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Perform self-diagnosis of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index". NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-85

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A27 ECD POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
INFOID:0000000004638285

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-86

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A33 CAN TRANSMISSION ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638286

C1A33 CAN TRANSMISSION ERROR


Description
ICC sensor integrated unit transmits the signal required by the ICC system control to ECM via CAN communication.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) C1A33 (33)

INFOID:0000000004638287

D
Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition If an error occurs in the CAN communication signal that ICC sensor integrated unit transmits to ECM Possible causes

CAN TRANSMISSION ERROR

ICC sensor integrated unit

NOTE: If DTC C1A33 is detected along with DTC U1000, first diagnose the DTC U1000. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic".

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Start the engine. 2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 4. Check if the C1A33 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A33 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-87, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

Diagnosis Procedure

J
INFOID:0000000004638288

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if U1000 is detected other than C1A33 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U1000 detected? YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638289

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following N operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit CCS

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


Revision: 2009 October

CCS-87

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A33 CAN TRANSMISSION ERROR


[ICC] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) 2. Check that the ICC system is normal.
>> WORK END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-88

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A34 COMMAND ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638290

C1A34 COMMAND ERROR


Description
ICC sensor integrated unit transmits the command signal required for the ECM control via CAN communication.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) C1A34 (34)

INFOID:0000000004638291

D
Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition If an error occurs in the command signal that ICC sensor integrated unit transmits to ECM via CAN communication Possible causes

COMMAND ERROR

ICC sensor integrated unit

NOTE: If DTC C1A34 is detected along with DTC U1000, first diagnose the DTC U1000. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic".

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. 2. Start the engine. Operate the ICC system and drive. CAUTION: Always drive safely. 3. Stop the vehicle. 4. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 5. Check if the C1A34 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is C1A34 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-89, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638292

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if U1000 is detected other than C1A34 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U1000 detected? YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".
L M

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638293

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following CCS operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit P

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-89

2009 G37 Coupe

C1A34 COMMAND ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > >> GO TO 2. [ICC]

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-90

2009 G37 Coupe

U0121 VDC CAN 2


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638294

U0121 VDC CAN 2


Description
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmit the VDC system signal to ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) U0121 (127)

INFOID:0000000004638295

D
Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes

VDC CAN CIR2

If ICC sensor integrated unit detects an error signal that is received from ABS actuator and ABS actuator and electric unit (control electric unit (control unit) via CAN communica- unit) tion

NOTE: If DTC U0121 is detected along with DTC U1000, first diagnose the DTC U1000. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic".

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Start the engine. 2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 4. Check if the U0121 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U0121 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-91, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
H I

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638296

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if U1000 is detected other than U0121 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U1000 detected? YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ABS. N Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index". CCS NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638297

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT


Revision: 2009 October

CCS-91

2009 G37 Coupe

U0121 VDC CAN 2


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-92

2009 G37 Coupe

U0401 ECM CAN 1


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638298

U0401 ECM CAN 1


Description
ECM transmits the signal related to engine control (ICC system) to ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) U0401 (120)

INFOID:0000000004638299

D
Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition If ICC sensor integrated unit detects an error signal that is received from ECM via CAN communication Possible causes

ECM CAN CIR1

ECM

NOTE: If DTC U0401 is detected along with DTC U1000, first diagnose the DTC U1000. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic".

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Start the engine. 2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 4. Check if the U0401 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U0401 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-93, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

Diagnosis Procedure

J
INFOID:0000000004638300

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if U1000 is detected other than U0401 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U1000 detected? YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ECM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ENGINE. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index". NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

CCS
INFOID:0000000004638301

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Revision: 2009 October

CCS-93

2009 G37 Coupe

U0401 ECM CAN 1


[ICC] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-94

2009 G37 Coupe

U0402 TCM CAN 1


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638302

U0402 TCM CAN 1


Description DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) U0402 (122) Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition If ICC sensor integrated unit detects an error signal that is received from TCM via CAN communication Possible causes

TCM transmits the signal related to A/T control to ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication.
INFOID:0000000004638303

TCM CAN CIRC1

TCM

NOTE: If DTC U0402 is detected along with DTC U1000, first diagnose the DTC U1000. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic".

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Start the engine. 2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 4. Check if the U0402 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U0402 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-95, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638304

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if U1000 is detected other than U0402 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U1000 detected? YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 2.
K

2.CHECK TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of TRANSMISSION. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to TM-258, "DTC Index". NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".
M N

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638305

CCS

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Revision: 2009 October

CCS-95

2009 G37 Coupe

U0402 TCM CAN 1


[ICC] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-96

2009 G37 Coupe

U0415 VDC CAN 1


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638306

U0415 VDC CAN 1


Description
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits the signal related to the VDC system to ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication.

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) U0415 (126)

INFOID:0000000004638307

D
Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes

VDC CAN CIR1

If ICC sensor integrated unit detects an error signal that is received from ABS actuator and ABS actuator and electric unit (control electric unit (control unit) via CAN communica- unit) tion

NOTE: If DTC U0415 is detected along with DTC U1000, first diagnose the DTC U1000. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic".

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Start the engine. 2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON. 3. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 4. Check if the U0415 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U0415 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to CCS-97, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
H I

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638308

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check if U1000 is detected other than U0415 in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U1000 detected? YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ABS. N Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index". CCS NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638309

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT


Revision: 2009 October

CCS-97

2009 G37 Coupe

U0415 VDC CAN 1


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-98

2009 G37 Coupe

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638310

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


Description
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time applications. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Modern vehicle is equipped with many electronic control units, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H, CAN-L) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads the required data only. CAN communication signal chart. Refer to LAN-27, "CAN Communication Signal Chart".

DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) U1000 (100) Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition If ICC sensor integrated unit is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more

INFOID:0000000004638311

Possible causes

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

CAN communication system

NOTE: If U1000 is detected, first diagnose the CAN communication system.

H
INFOID:0000000004638312

Diagnosis Procedure

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Turn the ignition switch ON. 2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON, and then wait for 2 seconds or more. 3. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 4. Check if the U1000 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U1000 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638313

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".

CCS

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-99

2009 G37 Coupe

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
>> WORK END

[ICC]

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-100

2009 G37 Coupe

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638314

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)


Description DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC (On board display) U1010 (110) Trouble diagnosis name DTC Detecting Condition If ICC sensor integrated unit detects malfunction by CAN controller initial diagnosis Possible causes

CAN controller controls the communication of CAN communication signal and the error detection.
INFOID:0000000004638315

CONTROL UNIT (CAN)

ICC sensor integrated unit

E
INFOID:0000000004638316

Diagnosis Procedure

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON. 2. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 3. Check if the U1010 is detected as the current malfunction in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U1010 detected as the current malfunction? YES >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". NO >> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement


DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000004638317

Perform the action test after adjusting the laser beam aiming of ICC sensor integrated unit when the following operation is performed. Removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit Replacement of ICC sensor integrated unit

SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT

1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT OF ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


Adjust the laser beam aiming of the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".
L

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the Self Diagnostic Result, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> WORK END
P N

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-101

2009 G37 Coupe

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004638318

1.CHECK FUSES
Check if any of the following fuses are blown:
Signal name Ignition power supply Fuse No. 45

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.

2.CHECK ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the ICC sensor integrated unit connector. Turn the ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ICC sensor integrated unit harness connector and ground.
Terminal (+) ICC sensor integrated unit Connector E67 Terminal 1 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ICC sensor integrated unit power supply circuit.

3.CHECK ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Check for continuity between ICC sensor integrated unit harness connector and ground.
ICC sensor integrated unit Connector E67 Terminal 4 Ground

Continuity Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair the ICC sensor integrated unit ground circuit.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-102

2009 G37 Coupe

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638319

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT


Description
Park/neutral position switch signals is input to ECM. The signals are transmitted from ECM to ICC sensor integrated unit via CAN communication. ICC sensor integrated unit performs the following controls via park/neutral position switch. Rejects any attempt to set ICC system when shift knob is set at neutral position. Cancels ICC system when shift knob is shifted to neutral position.

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000004638320

1.CHECK OPERATION OF PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH


Check that NP SW SIG operate normally in DATA MONITOR of ICC with CONSULT-III. NP SW SIG Shift knob at neutral Shift knob at a position other than neutral

: On : Off

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> The park/neutral position switch circuit is normal. NO >> Refer to CCS-103, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638321

1.CHECK FUSES
Check if any of the following fuses are blown:
Signal name Ignition power supply Fuse No. 43

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.

2.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the park/neutral position switch connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between park/neutral position switch harness connector and ground.
Terminal (+) Park/neutral position switch Connector F55 Terminal 2 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (Approx.)

CCS

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH AND ECM


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the ECM connector. Check for continuity between the park/neutral position switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-103

2009 G37 Coupe

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Park/neutral position switch Connector F55 Terminal 1 Connector M107 ECM Terminal 109

[ICC]

Continuity Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.

4.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH


Check the park/neutral position switch. Refer to CCS-104, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace the park/neutral position switch.

5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM


1. Connect connectors of park/neutral position switch and ECM. 2. Perform All DTC Reading. 3. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ENGINE. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index". NO >> Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000004638322

1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH


Check for continuity between the park/neutral position switch terminals.
terminals 1 2 Condition When shift knob is neutral position When shift knob is except neutral position Continuity Existed Not existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace park/neutral position switch.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-104

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [ICC]
A

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT
Reference Value
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
INFOID:0000000004638323

C
Monitor item MAIN SW Ignition switch ON Condition When MAIN switch is pressed When MAIN switch is not pressed When SET/COAST switch is pressed When SET/COAST switch is not pressed When CANCEL switch is pressed When CANCEL switch is not pressed When RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed When RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is not pressed When DISTANCE switch is pressed When DISTANCE switch is not pressed When ICC system is controlling When ICC system is not controlling When brake pedal is depressed When clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models) When brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T models) are not depressed When brake pedal is depressed When brake pedal is not depressed Idling Except idling (depress accelerator pedal) When set to long When set to middle When set to short ICC system ON (MAIN switch indicator ON) ICC system OFF (MAIN switch indicator OFF) ICC system ON (Own vehicle indicator ON) ICC system OFF (Own vehicle indicator OFF) When a vehicle ahead is detected (vehicle ahead detection indicator ON) When a vehicle ahead is not detected (vehicle ahead detection indicator OFF) When ICC system is malfunctioning (ICC system warning lamp ON) When ICC system is normal (ICC system warning lamp OFF) Value/Status On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Off On On Off On Off Long Mid

SET/COAST SW

Ignition switch ON

CANCEL SW

Ignition switch ON

RESUME/ACC SW

Ignition switch ON

DISTANCE SW

Ignition switch ON Drive the vehicle and operate the ICC system.

CRUISE OPE

BRAKE SW

Ignition switch ON

STOP LAMP SW

Ignition switch ON

IDLE SW

Engine running Start the engine and turn the ICC system ON. Press the DISTANCE switch to change the vehicle-to-vehicle distance setting. Start the engine and press MAIN switch.

SET DISTANCE

L
Short

On Off

CRUISE LAMP

N
On Off On

OWN VHCL

Start the engine and press MAIN switch.

CCS

VHCL AHEAD

Drive the vehicle and activate the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode.

P
Off On Off

ICC WARNING

Start the engine and press the MAIN switch.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-105

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Monitor item VHCL SPEED SE While driving Condition

[ICC]
Value/Status Value of vehicle speed signal (wheel speed) When vehicle speed is set When the buzzer output signal is output When the buzzer output signal is not output Displays the set vehicle speed. On Off 0.0 Equivalent to tachometer reading Wiper not operating Off Low High 0.0 On Off On Off On Off Off Power supply voltage value of ICC sensor integrated unit Value of A/T vehicle speed sensor signal Depress accelerator pedal Displays the throttle position. Displays the shift position. When clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models) When brake pedal is depressed (M/T models) When clutch pedal and brake pedal are not depressed (M/T models) When neutral position is selected (M/T models) On Off On Off Off ICC ASCD

SET VHCL SPD BUZZER O/P THRTL SENSOR

While driving Engine running

NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored Engine running

ENGINE RPM

WIPER SW

Ignition switch ON

Wiper LO operation Wiper HI operation

YAW RATE

NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored Drive the vehicle and activate the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode. When ICC brake hold relay is activated When the ICC brake hold relay is not activated When the selector lever is in D, DS position or manual mode (A/T models) When the selector lever is in any position other than D, DS or manual mode (A/T models) When the selector lever is in N, P position (A/T models) When the selector lever is in any position other than N, P (A/T models)

STP LMP DRIVE

D RANGE SW

Engine running

NP RANGE SW

Engine running

PKB SW

NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored

PWR SUP MONI

Engine running

VHCL SPD AT

While driving

THRTL OPENING GEAR

Engine running While driving

CLUTCH SW SIG

Ignition switch ON

NP SW SIG

Ignition switch ON

When any position other than neutral is selected (M/T models) When ICC system is deactivated

MODE SIG

Start the engine and press MAIN switch

When vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is activated When conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode is activated

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-106

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Monitor item Start the engine and activate the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode Press SET/COAST switch Drive the vehicle and activate the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode. Condition SET switch indicator ON SET switch indicator OFF On Off

[ICC]
Value/Status

SET DISP IND

B
When a vehicle ahead is detected Displays the distance from the preceding vehicle. 0.0 Displays the relative speed. 0.0

DISTANCE

When a vehicle ahead is not detected RELATIVE SPD Drive the vehicle and activate the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode. When a vehicle ahead is detected When a vehicle ahead is not detected

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JPOIA0105ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal No. (Wire color) + 1 (R) 2 (V) 3 (L) 4 (B) 6 (P) Ground Description Signal name Ignition power supply ICC brake hold relay drive signal CAN-H Ground CAN-L Input/ Output Input Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON At STOP LAMP test of Active test Ignition switch ON Condition

I
Value (Approx.)

Battery voltage 0V 12 V

Output Input/ Output Input/ Output

M
0V

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-107

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [ICC]
INFOID:0000000004638324

Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL -

JCOWM0106GB

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-108

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [ICC]
A

CCS
JCOWM0107GB

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-109

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [ICC]

JCOWM0108GB

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-110

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [ICC]
A

CCS
JCOWM0109GB

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-111

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [ICC]

JCOWM0110GB

Fail-Safe

INFOID:0000000004638325

If a malfunction occurs in the system, a chime sounds a beep, and ICC sensor integrated unit cancels the control. Then the ICC system warning lamp in the combination meter illuminates.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-112

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [ICC]
INFOID:0000000004638326

DTC Inspection Priority Chart

If multiple DTCs are detected simultaneously, check them one by one depending on the following DTC inspection priority chart.
Priority 1 U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN) C1A01: POWER SUPPLY CIR C1A02: POWER SUPPLY CIR 2 C1A04: ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC C1A05: BRAKE SW/STOP L SW C1A06: OPERATION SW CIRC C1A12: LASER BEAM OFFCNTR C1A13: STOP LAMP RLY FIX C1A14: ECM CIRCUIT C1A16: RADAR STAIN C1A18: LASER AIMING INCMP C1A21: UNIT HIGH TEMP C1A24: NP RANGE C1A26: ECD MODE MALF C1A27: ECD PWR SUPLY CIR C1A33: CAN TRANSMISSION ERROR C1A34: COMMAND ERROR U0121: VDC CAN CIR2 U0401: ECM CAN CIR1 U0402: TCM CAN CIR1 U0415: VDC CAN CIR1 Detected items (DTC)

3 4 5

C1A03: VHCL SPEED SE CIRC C1A15: GEAR POSITION C1A00: CONTROL UNIT
INFOID:0000000004638327

DTC Index

NOTE: The details of time display are as per the following. - 0: The malfunctions that are detected now CAN communication system (U1000, U1010) - 1 - 39: It increases like 0 1 2 38 39 after returning to the normal condition whenever the ignition switch OFF ON. It returns to 0 when a malfunction is detected again in the process. - If it is over 39, it is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased. Other than CAN communication system (Other than U1000, U1010) - 1 - 49: It increases like 0 1 2 38 49 after returning to the normal condition whenever the ignition switch OFF ON. It returns to 0 when a malfunction is detected again in the process. - If it is over 49, it is fixed to 49 until the self-diagnosis results are erased.
: Applicable

DTC ICC system warning lamp

Fail-safe function Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode Brake Assist (with Preview Function)

CONSULT-III

On board display

CONSULT-III display

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode

Reference

CCS

C1A00 C1A01 C1A02 C1A03 C1A04 C1A05

0 1 2 3 4 5

CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIR POWER SUPPLY CIR 2 VHCL SPEED SE CIRC ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC BRAKE SW/STOP L SW

CCS-43 CCS-45 CCS-45 CCS-47 CCS-50 CCS-52

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-113

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC ICC system warning lamp Fail-safe function Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode Brake Assist (with Preview Function)

[ICC]

CONSULT-III

On board display

CONSULT-III display

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode

Reference

C1A06 C1A12 C1A13 C1A14 C1A15 C1A16 C1A18 C1A21 C1A24 C1A26 C1A27 C1A33 C1A34 NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED U0121 U0401 U0402 U0415 U1000 U1010

6 12 13 14 15 16 18 21 24 26 27 33 34

OPERATION SW CIRC LASER BEAM OFFCNTR STOP LAMP RLY FIX ECM CIRCUIT GEAR POSITION RADAR STAIN LASER AIMING INCMP UNIT HIGH TEMP NP RANGE ECD MODE MALF ECD PWR SUPLY CIR CAN TRANSMISSION ERROR COMMAND ERROR

CCS-60 CCS-63 CCS-64 CCS-70 CCS-72 CCS-75 CCS-77 CCS-79 CCS-81 CCS-83 CCS-85 CCS-87 CCS-89

55

NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.

127 120 122 126 100 110

VDC CAN CIR2 ECM CAN CIR1 TCM CAN CIR1 VDC CAN CIR1 CAN COMM CIRCUIT CONTROL UNIT (CAN)

CCS-91 CCS-93 CCS-95 CCS-97 CCS-99 CCS-101

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-114

2009 G37 Coupe

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table
Symptoms MAIN switch does not turn ON. MAIN switch does not turn OFF. ICC system cannot be set (MAIN switch turns ON/OFF) CANCEL switch does not function. Operation Resume does not function. Set speed does not increase. Set distance to a vehicle ahead cannot be changed. ICC is not cancelled when the A/T selector lever is N position. Display/Chime Control ICC system display not appear. Chime does not sound. Driving force is hunting. System frequently cannot detect a vehicle ahead. Distance to detect a vehicle ahead is short. Function to detect a vehicle ahead System misidentifies a vehicle even though there is no vehicle ahead. System misidentifies a vehicle in the next lane. System does not detect a vehicle at all. Refer to CCS-120, "Description". Refer to MWI-35, "Diagnosis Description". Refer to CCS-121, "Description". Refer to CCS-123, "Description". Refer to CCS-124, "Description". Adjust laser beam aiming: Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description". Perform ICC system action test. Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description". Refer to CCS-125, "Description". Refer to CCS-119, "Description". Reference page Refer to CCS-116, "Description". Refer to CCS-117, "Description".
INFOID:0000000004638328

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-115

2009 G37 Coupe

MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON, MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT TURN OFF
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON, MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT TURN OFF
Description
MAIN switch does not turn ON
INFOID:0000000004638329

ICC system display does not appear even when MAIN switch is pressed.
MAIN switch does not turn OFF

When ICC system display is ON, display does not turn OFF even if MAIN switch is pressed. NOTE: When ICC system warning lamp illuminates, perform the self-diagnosis of ICC system, and then repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638330

1.MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION


Start the engine. Check that MAIN SW and CRUISE LAMP operate normally in DATA MONITOR of ICC with CONSULT-III. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 4. 1. 2.

2.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.


Check that CRUISE IND operates normally in DATA MONITOR of METER/M&A. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4.

3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.


1. Perform Self Diagnostic Result of METER/M&A. 2. Check if DTC is detected. Refer to MWI-99, "DTC Index". Is any DTC detected? YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. NO >> GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS OF ICC SYSTEM


1. Perform All DTC Reading. 2. Check if the U1000 is detected in self-diagnosis results of ICC. Is U1000 detected? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 6.

5.CAN COMMUNICATIONS INSPECTION


Check the CAN communication and repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". >> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH


Check the ICC steering switch. Refer to CCS-60, "Diagnosis Procedure". >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-116

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET (MAIN SWITCH TURNS ON/OFF)


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A

ICC SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET (MAIN SWITCH TURNS ON/OFF)


Description
INFOID:0000000004638331

The MAIN switch can be turned ON/OFF, but the ICC system cannot be set even if the SET/COAST switch is pressed. NOTE: The system cannot be set in the following case. When the vehicle ahead is not detected below the speed of 32 km/h (20 MPH). When the selector lever is not in the D, DS position or manual mode. (A/T models) When the shift knob is set at the neutral position. (M/T models) When the front wipers are operating at LO or HI. When the brake pedal is depressed. When the clutch pedal is depressed. (M/T models) When driving into a strong light (i.e., sunlight). When the snow mode switch is turned ON. When the VDC is turned OFF. When ABS or VDC (including the TCS) operates. When a wheel slips.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638332

1.CHECK CAUSE OF AUTOMATIC CANCELLATION


Check if there is the cancellation cause in the CAUSE OF AUTO-CANCEL on WORK SUPPORT of ICC with CONSULT-III. Is it displayed? Not displayed>>GO TO 2. OPE SW VOLT CIRC>>Refer to CCS-60, "DTC Logic". VHCL SPD UNMATCH>>Refer to CCS-47, "DTC Logic". IGN LOW VOLT>>Refer to CCS-45, "DTC Logic". ECM CIRCUIT>>Refer to CCS-70, "DTC Logic". CAN COMM ERROR>>Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC>>Refer to CCS-50, "DTC Logic". ECD CIRCUIT>>Refer to CCS-83, "DTC Logic".

2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Perform All DTC Reading. 2. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Refer to CCS-113, "DTC Index". Is any DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4.

3.REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS


Repair or replace malfunctioning parts identified by the self-diagnosis result. >> GO TO 6.

4.CHECK EACH SWITCH AND VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL


1. Start the engine. 2. Check that the following items operate normally in DATA MONITOR of ICC. VHCL SPEED SE D RANGE SW SET/COAST SW BRAKE SW NP SW SIG CLUTCH SW SIG WIPER SW Is there a malfunctioning item? All items are normal>>GO TO 5.
Revision: 2009 October

CCS

CCS-117

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET (MAIN SWITCH TURNS ON/OFF)


[ICC] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > VHCL SPEED SE>>Refer to CCS-47, "DTC Logic". D RANGE SW>>Refer to CCS-120, "Diagnosis Procedure". SET/COAST SW>>Refer to CCS-60, "DTC Logic". BRAKE SW>>Refer to CCS-52, "DTC Logic". CLUTCH SW SIG>>Refer to CCS-52, "DTC Logic". NP SW SIG>>Refer to CCS-104, "Component Inspection". WIPER SW (When the front wiper operation is normal)>>GO TO 5. WIPER SW (When the front wiper operation is malfunctioning)>>Performs the diagnosis of the front wiper. Refer to WW-81, "Symptom Table".

5.REPLACE ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


1. 2. Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". Perform the laser beam aiming. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description". >> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the self-diagnosis results, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-118

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC STEERING SWITCH (OTHER THAN MAIN SWITCH) DOES NOT FUNCTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A

ICC STEERING SWITCH (OTHER THAN MAIN SWITCH) DOES NOT FUNCTION
Description
INFOID:0000000004638333

MAIN switch can be turned ON/OFF, but the operation of RESUME/ACCELERATE switch, CANCEL switch, and DISTANCE switch cannot be performed during ICC system operation. NOTE: Resume is not accepted when the following condition is met. When the MAIN switch is turned OFF once.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638334

1.CHECK EACH SWITCH


1. Start the engine. 2. Check that each switch operates normally on DATA MONITOR of ICC with CONSULT-III. RESUME/ACC SW CANCEL SW DISTANCE SW Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 2.
E F

2.PERFORM ALL OF THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS ITEMS


1. Perform All DTC Reading. 2. Check if the U1000 is detected in Self Diagnostic Result of ICC. Is U1000 detected? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4.
H I

3.CAN COMMUNICATIONS INSPECTION


Check the CAN communication and repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". >> INSPECTION END

4.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH


Check the ICC steering switch. Refer to CCS-61, "Component Inspection". >> GO TO 6.
L

5.REPLACE ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


1. 2. Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". Adjust the laser beam aiming. Refer to CCS-113, "DTC Index". >> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the self-diagnosis results, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> INSPECTION END

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-119

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC SYSTEM DOES NOT CANCEL WHEN A/T SELECTOR LEVER SETS ON "N"
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

ICC SYSTEM DOES NOT CANCEL WHEN A/T SELECTOR LEVER SETS ON "N"
Description
INFOID:0000000004638335

The ICC system is not cancelled even when the A/T selector lever is shifted to the N position while the ICC system is active.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638336

1.CHECK D RANGE SWITCH


Check if D RANGE SW operates normally in DATA MONITOR of ICC with CONSULT-III. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM ALL SELF-DIAGNOSIS ITEMS


1. Perform All DTC Reading. 2. Check if the U1000 is detected in self-diagnosis results of ICC. Is U1000 detected? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4.

3.CAN COMMUNICATIONS INSPECTION


Check the CAN communication and repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic". >> INSPECTION END

4.CHECK POSITION SWITCH


Check if SLCT LVR POSI operates normally in DATA MONITOR of TRANSMISSION. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.

5.PERFORM TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. 2. Perform the Self Diagnostic Result of TRANSMISSION. Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Refer to TM-258, "DTC Index". >> GO TO 7.

6.REPLACE ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


1. 2. Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". Perform the laser beam aiming. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description". >> GO TO 7.

7.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the self-diagnosis results, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-120

2009 G37 Coupe

CHIME DOES NOT SOUND


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638337

CHIME DOES NOT SOUND


Description
Symptom check: In the following conditions, the warning chime may not sound even if the vehicle distance is short. When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing. When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is increasing. The warning chime will not sound when the accelerator pedal is depressed, overriding the system. The warning chime will not sound when own vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly. The warning chime does not sound when the system does not detect any vehicle ahead. (Diagnose the conditions under which the system is detecting the vehicle ahead and when the system is malfunctioning. If there is any malfunction in detecting the vehicle ahead, check the system following the CCS-124, "Description".)

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638338

1.PERFORM ACTIVE TEST


Check if the warning chime sounds on the active test item ICC BUZZER of ICC with CONSULT-III. Does the warning chime sound? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.
F G

2.CHECK THE MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM DURING WARNING CHIME OPERATION


1. 2. Understand the vehicle ahead detecting condition when the malfunction occurred. If the warning chime should have sounded, replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". Adjust the laser beam aiming. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description". >> GO TO 8.
H

3.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 2. Check if the U1000 is detected in self-diagnosis results of ICC. Is U1000 detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 5.
J K

4.CAN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM INSPECTION


Check the CAN communication system and repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Refer to CCS-99, "DTC Logic".

>> INSPECTION END

5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.


1. Perform Self Diagnostic Result of METER/M&A. 2. Check if DTC is detected. Refer to MWI-99, "DTC Index". Is any DTC detected? YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. NO >> GO TO 6.

CCS

6.CHECK COMBINATION METER CHIME OPERATION


Check meter buzzer. Refer to WCS-23, "Component Function Check" Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

7.REPLACE ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


1. Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View".
Revision: 2009 October

CCS-121

2009 G37 Coupe

CHIME DOES NOT SOUND


[ICC] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > 2. Adjust the laser beam aiming. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description".
>> GO TO 8.

8.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the self-diagnosis results, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-122

2009 G37 Coupe

DRIVING FORCE IS HUNTING


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638339

DRIVING FORCE IS HUNTING


Description
The vehicle causes hunting when the ICC system is active.

B
INFOID:0000000004638340

Diagnosis Procedure

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM


1. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT-III. 2. Check if the DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of ENGINE. Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index". Is any DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT BODY WINDOW


1. 2. Check the vehicle driving conditions. Refer to CCS-125, "Description". Check the ICC sensor integrated unit body window for contamination, foreign materials, or cracks. Refer to CCS-125, "Diagnosis Procedure". >> INSPECTION END

3.REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS


Repair or replace malfunctioning parts identified by the self-diagnosis result. >> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the self-diagnosis results, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> INSPECTION END

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-123

2009 G37 Coupe

FREQUENTLY CANNOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD / DETECTION ZONE IS SHORT


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

FREQUENTLY CANNOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD / DETECTION ZONE IS SHORT


Description
INFOID:0000000004638341

The detection function may become unstable in the following cases. When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is deficient/ not clean enough to reflect the radar. When driving a road with extremely sharp corners. When the sensor cannot detect the reflector of the vehicle ahead as the vehicle ahead is passing a hill or passing the peak.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638342

1.VISUAL CHECK (1)


Check ICC sensor integrated unit body window for contamination and/or foreign materials. Do foreign materials adhere? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.

2.REMOVE DIRT AND FOREIGN MATERIALS


Remove the contamination and foreign materials from the ICC sensor integrated unit body window. >> GO TO 6.

3.VISUAL CHECK (2)


Check ICC sensor integrated unit body window for cracks and scratches. Are there any cracks or scratches? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 4.

4.ADJUST LASER BEAM AIMING


1. Adjust the laser beam aiming. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description". 2. Perform ICC system action test. Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description". 3. Check that the vehicle ahead detection performance improves. Does it improve? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5.

5.REPLACE ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


1. 2. Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". Adjust the laser beam aiming. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description". >> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the self-diagnosis results, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-124

2009 G37 Coupe

THE SYSTEM DOES NOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD AT ALL


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]
A

THE SYSTEM DOES NOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD AT ALL


Description
INFOID:0000000004638343

When ICC system is active, the ICC system does not perform any control even through there is a vehicle ahead.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004638344

1.CHECK ICC SYSTEM DISPLAY ON MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY


1. Start the self-diagnosis mode of combination meter. Refer to MWI-35, "Diagnosis Description". 2. Check that the multi information display turns on normally. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace the combination meter.

2.VISUAL CHECK (1)


Check ICC sensor integrated unit body window for contamination and/or foreign materials. Do foreign materials adhere? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4.
F

3.WIPE OUT DIRT AND FOREIGN MATERIALS


Wipe out the contamination and/or foreign materials from the ICC sensor integrated unit body window. >> GO TO 7.

4.VISUAL CHECK (2)


Check ICC sensor integrated unit body window for cracks and/or scratches. Are there cracks? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.

5.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT


1. Adjust the laser beam aiming. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description". 2. Perform ICC system action test. Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description". 3. Check that the vehicle ahead detection performance improves. Does it improve? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6.

6.REPLACE ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


1. 2. Replace the ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-131, "Exploded View". Adjust the laser beam aiming. Refer to CCS-6, "LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description". >> GO TO 7.

7.CHECK ICC SYSTEM


1. 2. Erase the self-diagnosis results, and then perform All DTC Reading again after performing the action test. (Refer to CCS-12, "ACTION TEST : Description" for action test.) Check that the ICC system is normal. >> INSPECTION END

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-125

2009 G37 Coupe

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [ICC]

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION


Description
PRECAUTIONS FOR VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE
CAUTION: ICC system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times. The system is primarily intended for use on straight, dry, open roads with light traffic. It is not advisable to use the system in city traffic or congested areas. This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions. This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic. Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain or in fog. The distance sensor will not detect under most conditions. - Stationary and slow moving vehicles. - Pedestrians or objects in the roadway. - Oncoming vehicles in the some lane. - Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane. As there is a performance limit to the distance control function, never rely solely on the ICC system. This system does not correct careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcome poor visibility in rain, fog, or other bad weather. Decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal, depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles. Although the brake operation is controlled by the system, the system does not automatically stop the vehicle. If the vehicle speed falls below approximately 32 km/h (20 MPH), the Intelligent Cruise Control system is automatically canceled and a warning chime sounds. (The brake control is also canceled.) The system may not detect the vehicle in front of the driver in certain road or weather conditions. To avoid accidents, never use the ICC system under the following conditions: - On roads where the traffic is heavy or there are sharp curves. - On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow, etc. - During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) When the front wiper is operated at the low speed (LO) or high speed (HI) position, the ICC system is automatically canceled. - When strong light (for example, at sunrise or sunset) is directly shining on the front of the vehicle. - When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor. - On steep downhill roads (the vehicle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes). - On repeated uphill and downhill roads. - When traffic conditions make it difficult to keep a proper distance between vehicles because of frequent acceleration or deceleration. Do not use the ICC system if own vehicle is towing a trailer. The system may not detect a vehicle ahead. In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking. The driver may need to control the distance from other vehicles using the accelerator pedal. Always stay alert and avoid using the ICC system when it is not recommended in this section. The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode uses a sensor located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles traveling ahead. The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead. Therefore, if the sensor cannot detect the reflector on the vehicle ahead, the ICC system may not maintain the selected distance. The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals: - When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is positioned high on the vehicle (trailer, etc.). - When the reflector on the vehicle ahead is missing, damaged or covered. - When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt, snow and road spray. - When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor's visibility. - When dense exhaust or other smoke (black smoke) from vehicles reduces the sensor's visibility. - When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the luggage room of own vehicle. The ICC system is designed to automatically check the sensor's operation within the limitation of the system. When the sensor is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the system will automatically be canceled. If the sensor is covered with ice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag, etc., the ICC system
Revision: 2009 October
INFOID:0000000004638345

CCS-126

2009 G37 Coupe

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION


[ICC] < SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > may not detect them. In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead. Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly. The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn the driver when own vehicle approaches stationary and slow moving vehicles. The driver must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion. The detection zone of the ICC sensor is limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle distance detection mode to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead. A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the center line of the lane. A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane. If this occurs, the ICC system may warn the driver by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime. The driver may have to manually control the proper distance away from vehicle traveling ahead.

JPOIA0221ZZ

When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction, the ICC sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the ICC system may warn the driver by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. The driver will have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead.

CCS

P
JPOIA0220ZZ

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-127

2009 G37 Coupe

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > When driving on the freeway at a set speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead, the ICC will adjust the speed to maintain the distance, selected by the driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway, the ICC system will accelerate and maintain the speed up to the set speed. Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed. The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, the driver will have to manually control the vehicle speed. [ICC]

JPOIA0219ZZ

The sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driving position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condition (for example, if a vehicle is being driven with some damage). Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead, this system automatically accelerates or decelerates own vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead. Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate own vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change. Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when using the ICC system.

PRECAUTIONS FOR CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE


CAUTION: In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, a warning chime does not sound to warn the driver if own vehicle is too close to the vehicle ahead, as neither the presence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected. Pay special attention to the distance between own vehicle and the vehicle ahead or a collision could occur. Always confirm the setting in the ICC system display. Do not use the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode when driving under the following conditions: - when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed. - in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed. - on winding or hilly roads. - on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.). - in very windy areas. Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident. To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control, make sure to the MAIN switch OFF when not using ICC system.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-128

2009 G37 Coupe

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [ICC]
A

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000004638346

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this Service Manual. WARNING: To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS AIR BAG. Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING: When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Precaution for Battery Service

INFOID:0000000004691645

Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interference between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, the window slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automatic window function will not work with the battery disconnected.

ICC System Service

INFOID:0000000004638347

M CAUTION: Never look straight into the laser beam discharger when adjusting laser beam aiming. Turn the MAIN switch OFF in conditions similar to driving, such as free rollers or a chassis dynaN mometer. Never use the ICC sensor integrated unit removed from vehicle. Never disassemble or remodel. Erase DTC when replacing parts of ICC system, then check the operation of ICC system after adjusting laser beam aiming if necessary. CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-129

2009 G37 Coupe

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [ICC]

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
INFOID:0000000004638348

The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name

Description

KV99110100 (J-45718) ICC target board

Uses for laser beam aiming adjustment

PKIA0358J

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-130

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [ICC]
A

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004638349

CAUTION: Always perform the laser beam aiming adjustment and check the operation after the replacement, removal and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit.

NORMAL FRONT BUMPER FASCIA TYPE


D

JSOIA0002ZZ

1.

ICC sensor integrated unit

Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

SPORT FRONT BUMPER FASCIA TYPE


K

CCS

P
JSOIA0003ZZ

1.

ICC sensor integrated unit

Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-131

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [ICC]
INFOID:0000000004638350

Removal and Installation


REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove front bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-12, "Exploded View". Disconnect ICC sensor integrated unit connector. Remove mounting bolts from ICC sensor integrated unit. Remove ICC sensor integrated unit.

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Always perform the laser beam aiming adjustment and check the operation after the replacement, removal, and installation of ICC sensor integrated unit. Refer to CCS-6, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT) : Description".

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-132

2009 G37 Coupe

ICC STEERING SWITCH


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [ICC]
A
INFOID:0000000004638351

ICC STEERING SWITCH


Exploded View
Refer to ST-17, "Exploded View".

CCS

Revision: 2009 October

CCS-133

2009 G37 Coupe

ELECTRICAL & POWER CONTROL

SECTION

CHARGING SYSTEM

CHG

CONTENTS
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 3 .
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ......... 3 .
Work Flow ................................................................ 3 .

CHARGING SYSTEM ....................................... 19


Symptom Table ......................................................19 .

PRECAUTION ............................................. 20 .
PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 20
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................20 . Precaution for Power Generation Voltage Variable Control System .......................................................20 .

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 6 .


CHARGING SYSTEM ......................................... 6 .
System Diagram ....................................................... 6 . System Description .................................................. 6 . Component Parts Location ....................................... 6 . Component Description ........................................... 7 .

POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 8 .


System Diagram ....................................................... 8 . System Description .................................................. 8 . Component Parts Location ....................................... 8 . Component Description ............................................ 9 .

PREPARATION .......................................... 21 .
PREPARATION ................................................. 21
Special Service Tools .............................................21 . Commercial Service Tools ......................................21 . J

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 22 .


CHARGING SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION ........................................................ 22
Inspection Procedure ..............................................22 .

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 10 .


B TERMINAL CIRCUIT .....................................10 .
Description ............................................................. 10 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 10 .

L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (OPEN) ........................11 .


Description ............................................................. 11 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 11 .

POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARICHG ABLE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION ........................................................ 23
Inspection Procedure ..............................................23 . N

L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (SHORT) ......................13 .


Description ............................................................. 13 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 13 .

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 25 .


ALTERNATOR .................................................. 25
2WD ...........................................................................25 . 2WD : Exploded View .............................................25 . 2WD : Removal and Installation .............................26 . 2WD : Inspection ....................................................27 . AWD ..........................................................................27 . AWD : Exploded View ............................................27 . AWD : Removal and Installation .............................28 . AWD : Inspection ....................................................29 . O

S TERMINAL CIRCUIT .....................................14 .


Description ............................................................. 14 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 14 .

CHARGING SYSTEM ........................................15 .


Wiring Diagram - CHARGING SYSTEM - .............. 15 .

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................. 19 .

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-1

2009 G37 Coupe

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .......................................................... 30 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................ 30 .


Alternator ............................................................... 30 .

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-2

2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow
OVEROALL SEQUENCE
INFOID:0000000004655535

CHG

JSMIA0009GB

DETAILED FLOW
Revision: 2009 October

CHG-3

2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION > NOTE: To ensure a complete and thorough diagnosis, the battery, starter and alternator test segments must be done as a set from start to finish.

1.PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
Perform the preliminary inspection. Refer to CHG-22, "Inspection Procedure". >> GO TO 2.

2.STOP POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM


Stop the operation of the power generation voltage variable control in either of the following procedures. After selecting ENGINE of SELECT SYSTEM using CONSULT-III, set the DUTY value of ALTERNATOR DUTY to 0 % by selecting ALTERNATOR DUTY of Active Test. Continue Active Test until the end of inspection. (When the DUTY value is 0 or 100 %, the normal power generation is performed according to the characteristic of the IC voltage regulator of the alternator.) Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the battery current sensor connector. [However, DTC (P1550 P1554) of the engine might remain. After finishing the inspection, connect the battery current sensor connector and erase the self-diagnostic results history of the engine using CONSULT-III.] >> GO TO 3.

3.DIAGNOSIS WITH STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEM TESTER


Perform the charging system test using Starting/Charging System Tester (SST: J-44373). For details and operating instructions, refer to Technical Service Bulletin. Test result CHARGING SYSTEM NOMAL>>Charging system is normal and will also show DIODE RIPPLE test result. NO CHARGING VOLTAGE>>GO TO 4. LOW CHARGING VOLTAGE>>GO TO 12. HIGH CHARGING VOLTAGE>>GO TO 14. DIODE RIPPLE NORMAL>>Diode ripple is OK and will also show CHARGING VOLTAGE test result. EXCESS RIPPLE DETECTED>>Replace the alternator. Perform DIODE RIPPLE test again using Starting/ Charging System Tester (SST: J-44373) to confirm repair. DIODE RIPPLE NOT DETECTED>>GO TO 4.

4.INSPECTION WITH CHARGE WARNING LAMP (IGNITION SWITCH IS ON)


Turn the ignition switch ON. Does the charge warning lamp illuminate? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.

5.L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (OPEN) INSPECTION


Check L terminal circuit (open). Refer to CHG-11, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the L terminal circuit normal? YES >> Replace alternator. NO >> Repair as needed.

6.INSPECTION WITH CHARGE WARNING LAMP (IDLING)


Start the engine and run it at idle. Does the charge warning lamp turn OFF? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 7.

7.L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (SHORT) INSPECTION


Check L terminal circuit (short). Refer to CHG-13, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the L terminal circuit normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair as needed.
Revision: 2009 October

CHG-4

2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

8.S TERMINAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION


Check S terminal circuit. Refer to CHG-14, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the S terminal circuit normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair as needed.

9.INSPECTION WITH CHARGE WARNING LAMP (ENGINE AT 3,000 RPM)


Increase and maintain the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. Does the charge warning lamp remain off? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 10.
C D

10.INSPECTION OF ALTERNATOR PULLEY


Check alternator pulley. Refer to CHG-27, "2WD : Inspection" (2WD) or CHG-29, "AWD : Inspection" (AWD). Is alternator pulley normal? YES >> Replace alternator. NO >> Repair as needed.
E

11.B TERMINAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION


Check B terminal circuit. Refer to CHG-10, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is B terminal circuit normal? YES >> Replace alternator. NO >> Repair as needed.
G

12.B TERMINAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION


Check B terminal circuit. Refer to CHG-10, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is B terminal circuit normal? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Repair as needed.

13.INSPECTION OF ALTERNATOR PULLEY


Check alternator pulley. Refer to CHG-27, "2WD : Inspection" (2WD) or CHG-29, "AWD : Inspection" (AWD). Is alternator pulley normal? YES >> Replace alternator. NO >> Repair as needed.

14.S TERMINAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION


Check S terminal circuit. Refer to CHG-14, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the S terminal circuit normal? YES >> Replace alternator. NO >> Repair as needed.

CHG

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-5

2009 G37 Coupe

CHARGING SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CHARGING SYSTEM
System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004655536

JPMIA0633GB

System Description

INFOID:0000000004655537

The alternator provides DC voltage to operate the vehicle's electrical system and to keep the battery charged. The voltage output is controlled by the IC voltage regulator.

Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000004655538

JSMIA0010ZZ

1. 4. A.

Battery Charge warning lamp Engine room dash panel (RH)

2. B.

IPDM E/R Engine

3. C.

Alternator Combination meter

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-6

2009 G37 Coupe

CHARGING SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Component Description
Component part B terminal S terminal Alternator L terminal C terminal Description Refer to CHG-10, "Description". Refer to CHG-14, "Description". Refer to CHG-11, "Description".

INFOID:0000000004655539

Used for the power generation voltage variable control system. Refer to CHG-8, "System Description". The IC voltage regulator warning function activates to illuminate the charge warning lamp, if any of the following symptoms occur while alternator is operating: Excessive voltage is produced. No voltage is produced. Used for the power generation voltage variable control system. Refer to CHG-8, "System Description".

Combination meter (Charge warning lamp)

IPDM E/R

CHG

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-7

2009 G37 Coupe

POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM


System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004655540

JPMIA0632GB

System Description

INFOID:0000000004655541

By performing the power generation voltage variable control, the engine load due to the power generation of the alternator is reduced and fuel consumption is decreased. NOTE: When any malfunction is detected in the power generation voltage variable control system, the power generation is performed according to the characteristic of the IC voltage regulator of the alternator.

Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000004655542

JSMIA0011ZZ

1. 4. A.

Battery ECM Engine room dash panel (RH)

2. 5. B.

IPDM E/R Alternator Behind glove box

3. C.

Battery current sensor Engine

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-8

2009 G37 Coupe

POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Component Description
Component part Description

INFOID:0000000004655543

Battery current sensor

Battery current sensor is installed to the battery cable at the negative terminal, and it detects the charging/discharging current of the battery and sends the voltage signal to ECM according to the current value. Battery current sensor detects the charging/discharging current of the battery. ECM judges the battery condition based on this signal. ECM judges whether to perform the power generation voltage variable control according to the battery condition. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power generation voltage according to the battery condition and sends the calculated value as the power generation command value to IPDM E/R. IPDM E/R converts the received power generation command value into the power generation command signal (PWM signal) and sends it to the IC voltage regulator. IC voltage regulator controls the power generation voltage by the target power generation voltage based on the received power generation command signal. When there is no power generation command signal, the alternator performs the normal power generation according to the characteristic of the IC voltage regulator.

ECM

IPDM E/R

Alternator (IC voltage regulator)

CHG

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-9

2009 G37 Coupe

B TERMINAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
B TERMINAL CIRCUIT
Description Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004655544

B terminal circuit supplies power to charge the battery and to operate the vehicles electrical system.
INFOID:0000000004655545

1.CHECK B TERMINAL CONNECTION


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check if B terminal is clean and tight. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair B terminal connection. Confirm repair by performing complete Starting/Charging system test. Refer to Technical Service Bulletin.

2.CHECK B TERMINAL CIRCUIT


Check voltage between alternator B terminal and ground.
Terminals (+) Alternator B terminal E203 Terminal 1 () Ground Voltage (Approx.)

Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check harness for open between alternator and fusible link.

3.CHECK B TERMINAL CONNECTION (VOLTAGE DROP TEST)


1. 2. Start engine, then engine running at idle and warm. Check voltage between battery positive terminal and alternator B terminal.
Terminals (+) Battery positive terminal () Alternator B terminal E203 Terminal 1 Less than 0.2 V Voltage (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> B terminal circuit is normal. Refer to CHG-3, "Work Flow". NO >> Check harness between battery and alternator for poor continuity.

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-10

2009 G37 Coupe

L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)


Description
INFOID:0000000004655546

The L terminal circuit controls the charge warning lamp. The charge warning lamp illuminates when the ignition switch is set to ON or START. When the alternator is providing sufficient voltage with the engine running, the charge warning lamp will go off. If the charge warning lamp illuminates with the engine running, a malfunction is indicated.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004655547

1.CHECK L TERMINAL CONNECTION


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check if L terminal is clean and tight. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair L terminal connection. Confirm repair by performing complete Starting/Charging system test. Refer to Technical Service Bulletin.

2.CHECK L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)


1. 2. 3. Disconnect alternator connector. Apply ground to alternator harness connector terminal. Check condition of the charge warning lamp with the ignition switch in the ON position.
Condition Ground Ignition switch position ON Charge warning lamp illuminate

Alternator harness connector F36

Terminal 2

Does it illuminate? YES >> L terminal circuit is normal. Refer to CHG-3, "Work Flow". NO >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)


1. 2. 3. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Disconnect the combination meter connector. Check continuity between alternator harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
Alternator harness connector Connector No. F36 Terminal No. 2 Combination meter harness connector Connector No. M53 Terminal No. 6 Continuity Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair the harness or connector.

CHG

4.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT)


Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and fuse block.
Combination meter harness connector Connector No. M53 Terminal No. 21 Connector No. M3 Fuse block Terminal No. 12C Continuity Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair the harness.

5.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal.
Revision: 2009 October

CHG-11

2009 G37 Coupe

L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Check voltage between combination meter harness connector and ground.
Terminals (+) Combination meter harness connector M53 Terminal 21 () Condition Voltage (Approx.)

Ground

When the ignition switch is in ON position

Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace combination meter. NO >> Inspect the power supply circuit. Refer to PG-51, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY ".

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-12

2009 G37 Coupe

L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (SHORT)


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (SHORT)


Description
INFOID:0000000004655548

The L terminal circuit controls the charge warning lamp. The charge warning lamp illuminates when the ignition switch is set to ON or START. When the alternator is providing sufficient voltage with the engine running, the charge warning lamp will go off. If the charge warning lamp illuminates with the engine running, a malfunction is indicated.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004655549

1.CHECK L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (SHORT)


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect alternator connector. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Does charge warning lamp illuminate? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Refer to CHG-3, "Work Flow".

2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT)


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Disconnect combination meter connector. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and ground.
Combination meter harness connector Connector No. M53 Terminal No. 6 Ground Continuity Not existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace combination meter. NO >> Repair the harness.

CHG

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-13

2009 G37 Coupe

S TERMINAL CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

S TERMINAL CIRCUIT
Description
INFOID:0000000004655550

The output voltage of the alternator is controlled by the IC voltage regulator at the S terminal detecting the input voltage. The S terminal circuit detects the battery voltage to adjust the alternator output voltage with the IC voltage regulator.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004655551

1.CHECK S TERMINAL CONNECTION


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check if S terminal is clean and tight. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair S terminal connection. Confirm repair by performing complete Starting/Charging system test. Refer to Technical Service Bulletin.

2.CHECK S TERMINAL CIRCUIT


Check voltage between alternator harness connector and ground.
Terminals (+) Alternator harness connector F36 Terminal 3 () Ground Voltage (Approx.)

Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Refer to CHG-3, "Work Flow". NO >> Check harness for open between alternator and fuse.

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-14

2009 G37 Coupe

CHARGING SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

CHARGING SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram - CHARGING SYSTEM INFOID:0000000004655552

CHG

P
JCMWM3068GB

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-15

2009 G37 Coupe

CHARGING SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

JCMWM3069GB

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-16

2009 G37 Coupe

CHARGING SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

CHG

O
JCMWM3070GB

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-17

2009 G37 Coupe

CHARGING SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

JCMWM3071GB

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-18

2009 G37 Coupe

CHARGING SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
CHARGING SYSTEM
Symptom Table
Symptom Discharged battery The charge warning lamp does not illuminate when the ignition switch is set to ON. The charge warning lamp does not turn OFF after the engine starts. The charging warning lamp turns ON when increasing the engine speed. Refer to CHG-3, "Work Flow". Reference
INFOID:0000000004655553

CHG

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-19

2009 G37 Coupe

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000004655554

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this Service Manual. WARNING: To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS AIR BAG. Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING: When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Precaution for Power Generation Voltage Variable Control System

INFOID:0000000004655555

CAUTION: For this model, the battery current sensor that is installed to the battery cable at the negative terminal measures the charging/discharging current of the battery, and performs various controls. If the electrical component or the ground wire is connected directly to the battery terminal, the current other than that being measured with the battery current sensor is charging to or discharging from the battery. This condition causes the malfunction of the control, and then the battery discharge may occur. Do not connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal.

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-20

2009 G37 Coupe

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name (J-44373 Model MCR620) Starting/Charging System Tester
INFOID:0000000004655556

Description

E
SEL403X

Tests starting and charging systems. For operating instructions, refer to Technical Service Bulletin.

Commercial Service Tools


Tool name Power tool Description

INFOID:0000000004655557

Loosening bolts, nuts and screws

K
PIIB1407E

CHG

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-21

2009 G37 Coupe

CHARGING SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
CHARGING SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
Inspection Procedure
INFOID:0000000004655558

1.CHECK BATTERY TERMINALS CONNECTION


Check if battery terminals are clean and tight. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair battery terminals connection.

2.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuse and fusible link.
Unit Alternator Combination meter Power source (Power supply terminals) Battery (S terminal) Ignition switch ON (L terminal) Fuse No. 32 4

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Be sure to eliminate the cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.

3.CHECK E TERMINAL CONNECTION(ALTERNATOR GROUND)


Check if E terminal (alternator ground) is clean and tight. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair E terminal (alternator ground) connection.

4.CHECK DRIVE BELT TENSION


Check drive belt tension. Refer to EM-13, "Checking". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair as needed.

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-22

2009 G37 Coupe

POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION


Inspection Procedure
INFOID:0000000004655559

CAUTION: When performing this inspection, always use a charged battery that has completed the battery inspection. (When the charging rate of the battery is low, the response speed of the voltage change will become slow. This can cause an incorrect inspection.)

1.CHECK ECM (CONSULT-III)


Perform ECM self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-125, "CONSULT-III Function". Self-diagnostic results content No malfunction detected>> GO TO 2. Malfunction detected>> Check applicable parts, and repair or replace corresponding parts.
D E

2.CHECK OPERATION OF POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM


1. 2. 3. Connect CONSULT-III and start the engine. The selector lever is in P or N position and all of the electric loads and A/C, etc. are turned OFF. Select ALTERNATOR DUTY at Active Test of ENGINE, and then check the value of BATTERY VOLT monitor when DUTY value of ALTERNATOR DUTY is set to 40.0%. BATTERY VOLT 2 seconds after setting the DUTY value of ALTERNATOR DUTY to 40.0% 4.
F

: 12 - 13.6 V

Check the value of BATTERY VOLT monitor when DUTY value of ALTERNATOR DUTY is set to 80.0%. BATTERY VOLT 20 seconds after setting the DUTY value of ALTERNATOR DUTY to 80.0%

: +0.5 V or more against the value of BATTERY VOLT monitor when DUTY value is 40.0%

Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK IPDM E/R (CONSULT-III)


Perform IPDM E/R self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III. Refer to PCS-11, "CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)". Self-diagnostic results content No malfunction detected>> GO TO 4. Malfunction detected>> Check applicable parts, and repair or replace corresponding parts.

CHG

4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ALTERNATOR AND IPDM E/R


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect alternator connector and IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between alternator harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
Alternator harness connector Connector F36 Terminal 4 IPDM E/R harness connector Connector E7 Terminal 76

P
Continuity Existed

4.

Check continuity between alternator harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-23

2009 G37 Coupe

POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
Alternator harness connector Connector F36 Terminal 4 Ground

Continuity Not existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> Repair harness or connector between IPDM E/R and alternator.

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-24

2009 G37 Coupe

ALTERNATOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


ALTERNATOR
2WD
2WD : Exploded View
REMOVAL
INFOID:0000000004655560

H
JSMIA0089GB

1. 4. 7.

B terminal nut Alternator mounting bolt Alternator : Engine front

2. 5.

B terminal harness Alternator stay mounting bolt

3. 6.

Alternator connector Alternator stay

Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

DISASSEMBLY
Type: A003TJ1991

CHG

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-25

2009 G37 Coupe

ALTERNATOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JSMIA0007GB

1. 4. 7.

Rear bearing Front bearing Pulley nut

2. 5. 8.

Rotor assembly Front bracket assembly Stator assembly

3. 6. 9.

Retainer Pulley IC voltage regulator assembly

10. Diode assembly 13. B terminal nut

11. Rear bracket assembly

12. Terminal set

Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

2WD : Removal and Installation


REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Remove engine front undercover, using power tools. Remove radiator cooling fan assembly. Refer to CO-16, "Exploded View". Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect alternator connector (1). Remove B terminal nut (2). Remove the harness bracket bolts (A).

INFOID:0000000004655561

SKIB2605J

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-26

2009 G37 Coupe

ALTERNATOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 8. Remove oil pressure switch harness clip (C) from alternator stay (1). 9. Disconnect oil pressure switch connector (D) and oil temperature sensor connector (E). 10. Remove alternator mounting bolt (B) and alternator stay mounting bolt (F) using power tools, then remove alternator stay. 11. Remove alternator mounting bolt (A), using power tools.

C
JSMIA0012ZZ

12. Remove alternator assembly downward from the vehicle.

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Be sure to tighten B terminal nut carefully. Install alternator, and check tension of belt. Refer to EM-13, "Checking". For this model, the power generation voltage variable control system that controls the power generation voltage of the alternator has been adopted. Therefore, the power generation voltage variable control system operation inspection should be performed after replacing the alternator, and then make sure that the system operates normally. Refer to CHG-23, "Inspection Procedure".
E

2WD : Inspection
ALTERNATOR PULLEY INSPECTION
Perform the following. Make sure that alternator pulley does not rattle. Make sure that alternator pulley nut is tight. Refer to CHG-25, "2WD : Exploded View".

INFOID:0000000004655562

AWD
AWD : Exploded View
REMOVAL
K
INFOID:0000000004655563

CHG

P
JSMIA0089GB

1. 4. 7.

B terminal nut Alternator mounting bolt Alternator

2. 5.

B terminal harness Alternator stay mounting bolt

3. 6.

Alternator connector Alternator stay

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-27

2009 G37 Coupe

ALTERNATOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
: Engine front Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

DISASSEMBLY
Type: A3TJ1991

JSMIA0007GB

1. 4. 7.

Rear bearing Front bearing Pulley nut

2. 5. 8.

Rotor assembly Front bracket assembly Stator assembly

3. 6. 9.

Retainer Pulley IC voltage regulator assembly

10. Diode assembly 13. B terminal nut

11. Rear bracket assembly

12. Terminal set

Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

AWD : Removal and Installation


REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Remove air cleaner case (RH). Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View". Remove the clip (B) from the harness bracket (1) and B terminal harness from the clip (C). Disconnect pressure sensor connector (A).

INFOID:0000000004655564

JSMIA0013ZZ

5.

Remove engine undercover, using power tools.

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-28

2009 G37 Coupe

ALTERNATOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 6. Remove radiator cooling fan assembly. Refer to CO-16, "Exploded View". 7. Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Removal and Installation". 8. Remove alternator mounting bolt (B) and alternator stay mounting bolt (C) using power tools, then remove alternator stay (1). 9. Remove alternator mounting bolt (A), using power tools.

D
JSMIA0014ZZ

10. Pull and turn alternator, and then remove the harness bracket bolts (A). 11. Disconnect alternator connector (1). 12. Remove B terminal nut (2).

SKIB2608J

13. Remove alternator assembly downward from the vehicle.

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Be sure to tighten B terminal nut carefully. Install alternator, and check tension of belt. Refer to EM-13, "Checking". For this model, the power generation voltage variable control system that controls the power generation voltage of the alternator has been adopted. Therefore, the power generation voltage variable control system operation inspection should be performed after replacing the alternator, and then make sure that the system operates normally. Refer to CHG-23, "Inspection Procedure".

AWD : Inspection
ALTERNATOR PULLEY INSPECTION
Perform the following. Make sure that alternator pulley does not rattle. Make sure that alternator pulley nut is tight. Refer to CHG-27, "AWD : Exploded View".

INFOID:0000000004655565

CHG

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-29

2009 G37 Coupe

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Alternator
A003TJ1991 MITSUBISHI make [V - A] 12 -150 Negative [rpm] Less than 1,300 More than 31/1,300 More than 122/2,500 More than 144/5,000 14.1 - 14.7* More than 5.00 (0.197) 4.1 - 5.3 (418 - 541, 14.7 - 19.1) More than 22.1 (0.870) 1.7 - 2.0
INFOID:0000000004655566

Type Nominal rating Ground polarity Minimum revolution under no-load (When 13.5 V is applied) Hot output current (When 13.5 V is applied) Regulated output voltage Minimum length of brush Brush spring pressure Slip ring minimum outer diameter Rotor (Field coil) resistance

[A/rpm] [V] [mm (in)] [N (g, oz)] [mm (in)] []

*: Adjustment range of power generation voltage variable control is 11.4 - 15.6 V.

Revision: 2009 October

CHG-30

2009 G37 Coupe

TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE

SECTION

CL

CLUTCH

CL

CONTENTS
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS .............................. 2 .
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................ 2 .
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ..................................... 2 . Exploded View ......................................................... 9 . Removal and Installation ......................................... 9 . Disassembly and Assembly ....................................11 . Inspection and Adjustment .....................................12 .

CLUTCH PIPING ............................................... 13


Exploded View ........................................................13 . Hydraulic Layout .....................................................13 . Removal and Installation ........................................14 . Inspection and Adjustment .....................................14 . H

PRECAUTION .............................................. 3 .
PRECAUTIONS .................................................. 3 .
Service Notice or Precautions for Clutch ................. 3 .

PREPARATION ........................................... 4 .
PREPARATION .................................................. 4 .
Special Service Tools ............................................... 4 . Commercial Service Tools ....................................... 4 .

UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ..... 15 .


CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER) ....... 15
Exploded View ........................................................15 . Removal and Installation ........................................15 . Inspection and Adjustment .....................................18 .

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ......................... 5 .


CLUTCH PEDAL ................................................ 5 .
Inspection and Adjustment ....................................... 5 .

CLUTCH DISC AND CLUTCH COVER ............ 19


Exploded View ........................................................19 . Removal and Installation ........................................19 . Inspection ...............................................................20 .

CLUTCH FLUID .................................................. 6 .


Inspection ................................................................. 6 . Air Bleeding Procedure ............................................ 6 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ........................................................... 22 .


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 22
Clutch Control System ............................................22 . Clutch Pedal ...........................................................22 . Clutch Master Cylinder ...........................................22 . Clutch Disc .............................................................22 . Clutch Cover ...........................................................22 .

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............... 7 .


CLUTCH PEDAL ................................................ 7 .
Exploded View ......................................................... 7 . Removal and Installation .......................................... 7 . Inspection and Adjustment ....................................... 8 .

CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER .......................... 9 .

Revision: 2009 October

CL-1

2009 G37 Coupe

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
INFOID:0000000004256835

Use the chart below to find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) (Worn, dirty or damaged)

MASTER CYLINDER PISTON CUP (Damaged)

CLUTCH PEDAL (Inspection and adjustment)

DIAPHRAGM SPRING (Out of tip alignment)

CLUTCH DISC (Lack of spline grease)

CLUTCH DISC (Runout is excessive)

DIAPHRAGM SPRING (Damaged)

CLUTCH DISC (Dirty or burned)

ENGINE MOUNTING (Loose)

SUSPECTED PARTS (Possible cause)

PRESSURE PLATE (Distortion) 4 6

CLUTCH DISC (Lining broken)

CLUTCH DISC (Out of true)

CLUTCH DISC (Hardened)

CLUTCH DISC (Worn out)

CLUTCH LINE (Air in line)

Reference Clutch grabs/chatters Clutch pedal spongy Symptom Clutch noisy Clutch slips Clutch does not disengage

1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 4 4

2 4 4 4 4

2 4

3 5 5

Revision: 2009 October

CL-2

2009 G37 Coupe

EM-131 5

EM-69

CL-15

CL-19

CL-5

CL-6

CL-9

FLYWHEEL (Distortion)

CLUTCH DISC (Oily)

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Service Notice or Precautions for Clutch
CAUTION: Clutch fluid use refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants". Never reuse drained clutch fluid. Never splash clutch fluid on painted areas. When removing clutch tube, use a flare nut wrench. When installing clutch tube, use a flare nut torque wrench [Commercial service tool]. Use new clutch fluid to clean or wash all parts of master cylinder. Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene. It will ruin the rubber parts of the hydraulic system. Never reuse CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) body and CSC tube. Because CSC slides back to the original position every time when removing transmission assembly. At this timing, dust on the sliding parts may damage a seal of CSC and may cause clutch fluid leakage. Refer to CL-15, "Removal and Installation". Never disassemble CSC body. WARNING: After cleaning clutch disc, wipe it with a dust collector. Never use compressed air.
INFOID:0000000004256836

CL

SBR686C

Revision: 2009 October

CL-3

2009 G37 Coupe

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
INFOID:0000000004657702

Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name ST20050240 (-) Diaphragm adjusting wrench

Description Adjusting unevenness of diaphragm spring of clutch cover

ZZA0508D

Commercial Service Tools


Tool name 1. Flare nut crowfoot a: 10 mm (0.39 in) 2. Torque wrench Description Installing clutch tube

INFOID:0000000004256838

S-NT360

Clutch aligner 1. Center shaft 2. Attachment 3. Guide

Installing clutch disc

PCIB0017E

Drift a: 10 mm (0.39 in) dia.

Removing bushing

S-NT063

Power tool

Loosening bolts and nuts

PBIC0190E

Revision: 2009 October

CL-4

2009 G37 Coupe

CLUTCH PEDAL
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
CLUTCH PEDAL
Inspection and Adjustment
INSPECTION
1. a.
INFOID:0000000004256839

b. c. d.

2. a. b. 3. a. b.

Make sure that clevis pin (1) floats freely in the bore of clutch C pedal. It should not be bound by clevis or clutch pedal. If clevis pin is not free, make sure that ASCD clutch switch (2) is not applying pressure to clutch pedal causing clevis pin to bind. CL To adjust, loosen lock nut (3) and turn ASCD clutch switch. Tighten lock nut. Refer to CL-7, "Exploded View". Make sure that clevis pin floats in the bore of clutch pedal. It E should not be bound by clutch pedal. If clevis pin is still not free, remove clevis pin and check for deformation or damage. Replace clevis pin if necessary. Leave F JPDIB0001ZZ clevis pin removed for step 2. Check clutch pedal stroke for free range of movement. With clevis pin removed, manually move clutch pedal up and down to determine if it moves freely. G If any sticking is found, replace related parts (bushing, clutch pedal assembly, etc.). Reassemble clutch pedal and again make sure that clevis pin floats freely in the bore of clutch pedal. Check clutch hydraulic and system components (clutch master cylinder, CSC, etc.) for sticking or binding. H If any sticking or binding is found, repair or replace related parts as necessary. If hydraulic system repair was necessary, bleed the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-6, "Air Bleeding Procedure". I NOTE: Do not use a vacuum assist or any other type of power bleeder on this system. Use of vacuum assist or power bleeder will not purge all the air from the system. J Adjust clutch interlock switch (1) position so that clearance between stopper rubber (2) and thread end (A) of clutch interlock switch with clutch pedal depressed is clearance C. Standard value Clearance C

ADJUSTMENT
1.
K

: Refer to CL-22, "Clutch Pedal".


M

2.

After adjusting clearance C, tighten lock nut (3) to the specified torque. Refer to CL-7, "Exploded View".

JPDIB0002ZZ

Revision: 2009 October

CL-5

2009 G37 Coupe

CLUTCH FLUID
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

CLUTCH FLUID
Inspection
CLUTCH FLUID LEVEL
Check that the fluid level in the reservoir tank is within the specified range (MAX MIN lines). Visually check for any clutch fluid leakage around the reservoir tank. Check the clutch system for any leakage if the fluid level is extremely low (lower than MIN).
INFOID:0000000004256840

JPDIB0032ZZ

Air Bleeding Procedure

INFOID:0000000004256841

CAUTION: Monitor clutch fluid level in reservoir tank to make sure it does not empty. Keep painted surface on the body or other parts free of clutch fluid. If it spills, wipe up immediately and wash the affected area with water. NOTE: Do not use a vacuum assist or any other type of power bleeder on this system. Use of vacuum assist or power bleeder will not purge all the air from the system. 1. Fill master cylinder reservoir tank with new clutch fluid. 2. Connect a transparent vinyl hose to air bleeder valve. 3. Depress clutch pedal slowly and fully several times at an interval of 2 to 3 seconds and hold it. 4. With clutch pedal depressed, open air bleeder valve to release air. 5. Close air bleeder valve. 6. Release clutch pedal and wait for 5 seconds. 7. Repeat steps 3 to 6 until no bubbles can be observed in clutch JPDIB0006ZZ fluid. 8. Tighten air bleeder valve to the specified torque. Refer to CL-15, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2009 October

CL-6

2009 G37 Coupe

CLUTCH PEDAL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


CLUTCH PEDAL
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004256842

CL

JPDIB0142GB

1. 4. 7.

ASCD clutch switch Stopper rubber Snap pin

2. 5. 8.

Clevis pin Pedal pad Clutch interlock switch

3. 6. 9.

Bushing Pedal stopper rubber Clutch pedal assembly

: Apply lithium-based grease including molybdenum disulphide. : Refer to CL-9, "Exploded View" for the tightening torque. Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.

Removal and Installation


REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4.

INFOID:0000000004657703

5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Remove kicking plate inner and dash side finisher. Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installation". Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove bracket (1) and harness bracket (2). Disconnect ASCD clutch switch and clutch interlock switch connectors and then remove clip of harness from clutch pedal assembly. Remove snap pin and clevis pin. Remove clutch pedal assembly. Remove ASCD clutch switch, clutch interlock switch, and pedal pad. Remove bushing using a suitable drift [Commercial service tool]. Remove stopper rubbers and pedal stopper rubber using a suitable remover.

JPDIB0005ZZ

Revision: 2009 October

CL-7

2009 G37 Coupe

CLUTCH PEDAL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > INSTALLATION Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. Apply recommended grease to clevis pin and bushing.

Inspection and Adjustment


INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Check the following items and replace clutch pedal if necessary. Check clutch pedal upper rivets (A) for deformation.
: Vehicle front

INFOID:0000000004256844

Check the lapping length L of sub-bracket (B) and slide plate (C). Lapping length L : More than 5 mm (0.20 in)

Check clutch pedal for bend, damage, and cracks on the welded parts.
JPDIB0153ZZ

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check the clutch pedal free play. Refer to CL-5, "Inspection and Adjustment".

ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION


Adjust the clutch interlock switch position. Refer to CL-5, "Inspection and Adjustment".

Revision: 2009 October

CL-8

2009 G37 Coupe

CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER


Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004256845

CL

I
JPDIB0180GB

1. 4. 7. 10. 13.

Bracket Cylinder body Return spring Stopper ring Snap pin 1: Apply rubber lubricant. 2: Apply silicone grease.

2. 5. 8.

Reservoir tank assembly Packing Piston assembly

3. 6. 9.

Hose Clutch pedal assembly Push rod

11. Boot 14. Clevis pin

12. Clevis

3: Apply lithium-based grease including molybdenum disulphide. Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.

M
INFOID:0000000004671053

Removal and Installation


REMOVAL

CAUTION: Keep painted surface on the body or other parts free of clutch fluid. If it spills, wipe up immediately and wash the affected area with water. 1. Remove brake master cylinder cover. Refer to EXT-21, "Removal and Installation". 2. Remove brake booster pressure sensor. Refer to BR-36, "Removal and Installation". 3. Drain clutch fluid in reservoir tank assembly.

Revision: 2009 October

CL-9

2009 G37 Coupe

CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 4. Remove reservoir tank assembly.
: Vehicle front

Remove hose and clips from cylinder body and reservoir tank assembly. 6. Remove mounting bolts and washers and then bracket from reservoir tank assembly. 7. Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BR-23, "FRONT : Removal and Installation". 8. Remove clutch tube using a flare nut wrench. 9. Remove kicking plate inner and dash side finisher. Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installation". 10. Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". 11. Remove snap pin and clevis pin from clevis and then separate it from clutch pedal assembly. 12. Remove packing (1) and master cylinder assembly (2).
: Vehicle front

5.

JPDIB0109ZZ

CAUTION: Never damage packing, brake booster, and dash lower.

JPDIB0159ZZ

INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Keep painted surface on the body or other parts free of clutch fluid. If it spills, wipe up immediately and wash the affected area with water. 1. Install packing (1) and master cylinder assembly (2).
: Vehicle front

CAUTION: Never damage packing, brake booster, and dash lower.

JPDIB0159ZZ

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Be careful with the orientation of packing. The figure is the view from the vehicle forward. Connect clutch tube to master cylinder assembly and temporarily tighten flare nut. Install master cylinder assembly and then tighten mounting nuts to the specified torque. Set clevis to clutch pedal assembly. Apply recommended grease to clevis pin and then insert clevis pin to clevis. Attach snap pin to clevis pin. Install instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Install dash side finisher and kicking plate inner. Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installation".

JPDIB0010ZZ

Revision: 2009 October

CL-10

2009 G37 Coupe

CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 9. Tighten clutch tube flare nut to the specified torque using a flare nut torque wrench [Commercial service tool]. Refer to CL-13, "Exploded View". 10. Install ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BR-23, "FRONT : Removal and Installation". 11. Install bracket, mounting bolts, and washers to reservoir tank assembly. Tighten mounting bolts to the specified torque. 12. Install hose (1) and clips to reservoir tank assembly (2) and cylinder body (3).
: Painted mark

CAUTION: Set hose with painted mark facing upward.

CL

E
JPDIB0126ZZ

13. Install reservoir tank assembly.


: Vehicle front

14. Install brake booster pressure sensor. Refer to BR-36, "Removal and Installation". 15. Install brake master cylinder cover. Refer to EXT-21, "Removal and Installation".

JPDIB0109ZZ

Disassembly and Assembly


DISASSEMBLY
1. Loosen push rod lock nut and then remove clevis and push rod lock nut. NOTE: Clutch pedal height is controlled with position of clevis and cylinder body. Remove boot. Remove stopper ring while holding push rod. Remove push rod, piston assembly, and return spring.

INFOID:0000000004657704

2. 3. 4.

JPDIB0013ZZ

ASSEMBLY
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Apply rubber lubricant to the internal surface of cylinder body, the sliding surface and piston cup of piston assembly. Insert return spring and piston assembly. Apply silicon grease to push rod. Install push rod. Install stopper ring while holding push rod. CAUTION: Never reuse stopper ring.
P

Revision: 2009 October

CL-11

2009 G37 Coupe

CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 6. Install boot. 7. Install push rod lock nut and clevis to push rod. 8. Adjust the length L between clevis (1) and cylinder body (2) to the standard value. Then tighten lock nut (3) to the specified torque.
Standard value Length L

: Refer to CL-22, "Clutch Master Cylinder".

JPDIB0125ZZ

Inspection and Adjustment


INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY

INFOID:0000000004657705

Check for any of the conditions shown below. If any malfunction is found, replace the part concerned. Damaged cylinder internal wall, foreign matter, wear, corrosion. Damaged or deformed reservoir tank. Settling of return spring. Cracked or deformed boot. Cracked or deformed packing.

ADJUSTMENT BEFORE INSTALLATION


Check the length L between clevis (1) and cylinder body (2). If measurement is outside the standard value, adjust the length L between clevis and cylinder body to the standard value. Then tighten lock nut (3) to the specified torque. Standard value Length L

: Refer to CL-22, "Clutch Master Cylinder".

JPDIB0125ZZ

ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION


Check and adjust the clutch pedal. Refer to CL-5, "Inspection and Adjustment". Bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-6, "Air Bleeding Procedure".

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check the clutch fluid leakage and clutch fluid level. Refer to CL-6, "Inspection".

Revision: 2009 October

CL-12

2009 G37 Coupe

CLUTCH PIPING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

CLUTCH PIPING
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004256849

CL

J
JPDIB0152GB

1. 4. 7.

CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) as- 2. sembly Lock plate Master cylinder assembly 5.

Bracket Clutch tube

3. 6.

Clutch hose Connector

Refer to GI-4, "Components" for the symbols in the figure.

Hydraulic Layout

INFOID:0000000004256850

P
JPDIB0016ZZ

1. 4.

CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) as- 2. sembly Connector 5.

Clutch tube Master cylinder assembly

3.

Clutch hose

Revision: 2009 October

CL-13

2009 G37 Coupe

CLUTCH PIPING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000004256851

CAUTION: Keep painted surface on the body or other parts free of clutch fluid. If it spills, wipe up immediately and wash the affected area with water.

REMOVAL
Refer to CL-13, "Exploded View" for removal procedure.

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and refer to CL-13, "Exploded View" for installation procedure. To fix clutch hose on bracket, position clutch hose clasp on the emboss of bracket and drive lock plate vertically from above. CAUTION: Never bend or twist clutch hose. Never scratch or damage clutch hose. Tighten clutch tube flare nut to the specified torque using a flare nut torque wrench [Commercial service tool]. CAUTION: Never damage flare nut and clutch tube.
PCIB0681E

Inspection and Adjustment


ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION
Bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-6, "Air Bleeding Procedure".

INFOID:0000000004512961

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check the clutch fluid leakage and clutch fluid level. Refer to CL-6, "Inspection".

Revision: 2009 October

CL-14

2009 G37 Coupe

CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER)


< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER)
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004256852

CL

JPDIB0127GB

1. 4.

Transmission assembly CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) tube

2. 5.

CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) body Air bleeder valve

3. 6.

Dust cover Bracket

Refer to GI-4, "Components" for the symbols in the figure.

L
INFOID:0000000004657706

Removal and Installation

CAUTION: Never reuse CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) body and CSC tube. Because CSC slides back to the original position every time when removing transmission assembly. At this timing, dust on the sliding parts may damage a seal of CSC and may cause clutch fluid leakage. Never disassemble CSC body. Keep painted surface on the body or other parts free of clutch fluid. If it spills, wipe up immediately and wash the affected area with water.

REMOVAL
1. Remove transmission assembly from the engine. Refer to TM-26, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2009 October

CL-15

2009 G37 Coupe

CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER)


< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
2. Remove bracket mounting bolt ( ).

JPDIB0012ZZ

3.

Pull up the lock pin of the CSC body.

JPDIB0019ZZ

4. 5. 6.

Pull out the CSC tube (1) from the CSC body (2). Remove CSC tube and dust cover from transmission case. Remove air bleeder valve and bracket from CSC tube.

JPDIB0031ZZ

7.

Remove CSC body from transmission case.

JPDIB0020ZZ

INSTALLATION

Revision: 2009 October

CL-16

2009 G37 Coupe

CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER)


< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 1. Install CSC body to transmission case and then tighten mounting bolts ( ) to the specified torque. CAUTION: Never reuse CSC body. Never insert and operate CSC body because piston and stopper of CSC body components may fall off.

C
JPDIB0020ZZ

CL

2.

Install dust cover to transmission case.


: Vehicle front

3.

CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of dust cover. Insert CSC tube to dust cover. CAUTION: Never reuse CSC tube. Never damage O-ring of CSC tube.
JPDIB0021ZZ

4.

Press down the lock pin of the CSC body.

JPDIB0023ZZ

5.

Insert the CSC tube (1) into the connector of the CSC body (2) until it clicks.
L

N
JPDIB0031ZZ

6.

Install bracket mounting bolts ( ) and then tighten mounting bolts to the specified torque in the order shown in the figure.

JPDIB0129ZZ

Revision: 2009 October

CL-17

2009 G37 Coupe

CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER)


< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
CAUTION: Check that CSC tubes (B) and bracket (1) are fit tightly before tightening the mounting bolt (A). Tighten the mounting bolt within the range of brackets mounting hole. After replacing the CSC tube, the mounting bolt (C) is still temporary tightening. Never forget tightening the mounting bolt. Install air bleeder valve to CSC tube and then tighten air bleeder valve to the specified torque. Install transmission assembly to the engine. Refer to TM-26, "Removal and Installation".

7. 8.

JPDIB0128ZZ

Inspection and Adjustment


ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION
Bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-6, "Air Bleeding Procedure".

INFOID:0000000004516354

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check the clutch fluid leakage and clutch fluid level. Refer to CL-6, "Inspection".

Revision: 2009 October

CL-18

2009 G37 Coupe

CLUTCH DISC AND CLUTCH COVER


< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

CLUTCH DISC AND CLUTCH COVER


Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004256854

CL

G
JPDIB0024GB

1. 4. A.

Flywheel Main drive gear First step : Replace the parts as a set.

2. B.

Clutch disc Final step

3.

Clutch cover

: Apply lithium-based grease including molybdenum disulphide. Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above. CAUTION: Never reuse CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) body and CSC tube. Because CSC slides back to the original position every time when removing transmission assembly. At this timing, dust on the sliding parts may damage a seal of CSC and may cause clutch fluid leakage. Refer to CL-15, "Removal and Installation". Never bring any grease to the clutch disc facing, pressure plate surface and flywheel surface. When installing, be careful that grease applied to main drive gear does not adhere to clutch disc. Never clean clutch disc using solvent. If flywheel is removed, align dowel pin with the smallest hole of flywheel. Refer to EM-122, "Disassembly and Assembly".

L
INFOID:0000000004657707

Removal and Installation

CAUTION: Never reuse CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) body and CSC tube. Because CSC slides back to the original position every time when removing transmission assembly. At this timing, dust on the sliding parts may damage a seal of CSC and may cause clutch fluid leakage. Refer to CL-15, "Removal and Installation".

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Remove transmission assembly from the engine. Refer to TM-26, "Removal and Installation". Loosen clutch cover mounting bolts with power tool [Commercial service tool]. Remove clutch cover and clutch disc. CAUTION: Never drop clutch disc. Clean clutch disc and main drive gear splines to remove grease and powder arisen from abrasion. Apply recommended grease to clutch disc and main drive gear splines. CAUTION:

INSTALLATION
1. 2.

Revision: 2009 October

CL-19

2009 G37 Coupe

CLUTCH DISC AND CLUTCH COVER


< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Be sure to apply grease to the points specified. Otherwise, noise, poor disengagement, or damage to the clutch may result. Excessive grease may cause slip or judder. And if it adheres to seal of CSC body, it cause clutch fluid leakage. Wipe out excess grease. Wipe out any grease oozing from the parts. 3. Install clutch disc using a clutch aligner [Commercial service tool]. CAUTION: If either clutch disc or clutch cover is needed to be replaced, replace them as a set. 4. Install clutch cover. Temporarily tighten clutch cover mounting bolts. CAUTION: If either clutch disc or clutch cover is needed to be replaced, replace them as a set. SCIA6797E 5. Tighten clutch cover mounting bolts evenly in two steps in the order shown in the figure. 6. Install transmission assembly to the engine. Refer to TM-26, "Removal and Installation".

Inspection
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
CLUTCH DISC Measure circumferential runout relative to clutch disc center spline. If it is outside the specification, replace clutch disc and clutch cover as a set.

INFOID:0000000004657708

Runout limit/diameter of the area to be measured

: Refer to CL-22, "Clutch Disc".

Measure backlash to clutch disc spline and main drive gear spline at the circumference of clutch disc. If it is outside the specification, replace clutch disc and clutch cover as a set. Maximum allowable spline : Refer to CL-22, backlash (at outer edge of disc) "Clutch Disc". Measure the depth A to clutch disc facing rivet heads using a calipers. If it exceeds the allowable wear limit, replace clutch disc and clutch cover as a set. Facing wear limit (depth to the rivet head) A : Refer to CL-22, "Clutch Disc".
SCL221

JPDIB0026ZZ

CLUTCH COVER Check diaphragm spring lever claws for unevenness with the lever still on the vehicle. If they exceed the tolerance, adjust lever height using the diaphragm adjusting wrench [SST: ST20050240 ( - )].

Tolerance for diaphragm spring lever unevenness

: Refer to CL-22, "Clutch Cover".

Check clutch cover thrust ring for wear or breakage. If wear or breakage is found, replace clutch disc and clutch cover as a set. NOTE:
PCIB0276E

Revision: 2009 October

CL-20

2009 G37 Coupe

CLUTCH DISC AND CLUTCH COVER


< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Worn thrust ring will generate a beating noise when tapped at the rivet with a hammer. Broken thrust ring will make a clinking sound when cover is shaken up and down. If a trace of burn or discoloration is found on the clutch cover pressure plate to clutch disc contact surface, repair the surface with sandpaper. If surface is damaged or distorted, replace clutch disc and clutch cover as a set.

CL

Revision: 2009 October

CL-21

2009 G37 Coupe

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Clutch Control System
Type of clutch control Hydraulic
INFOID:0000000004256858 INFOID:0000000004256857

Clutch Pedal
Clearance C between pedal stopper rubber and clutch interlock switch threaded while clutch pedal is fully depressed.

Unit: mm (in)

0.1 1.0 (0.004 0.039)


INFOID:0000000004256859

Clutch Master Cylinder


Inner diameter Standard length L between clevis and cylinder body 17.46 (11/16) 133.55 0.5 (5.26 0.020)

Unit: mm (in)

JPDIB0029ZZ

Clutch Disc
Facing size (Outer dia. Inner dia. Thickness) Runout limit/diameter of the area to be measured Maximum allowable spline backlash (at outer edge of disc) Facing wear limit (depth to the rivet head)

INFOID:0000000004256860

Unit: mm (in)

240 160 3.8 (9.45 6.30 0.150) 1.0 (0.039) / 230 (9.06) dia. 1.0 (0.039) 0.3 (0.012)
INFOID:0000000004256861

Clutch Cover
Tolerance for diaphragm spring lever unevenness Diaphragm spring lever height Set-load 0.8 mm (0.031 in) or less

44.6 46.8 mm (1.756 1.843 in) 10,300 N (1,050.6 kg, 2,315.4 lb)

Revision: 2009 October

CL-22

2009 G37 Coupe

ENGINE

SECTION

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

CO

CO

CONTENTS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 2 .
DESCRIPTION ................................................... 2 .
Engine Cooling System .......................................... 2 . Engine Cooling System Schematic ........................ 2 .

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 13 .


RADIATOR ........................................................ 13
Exploded View ........................................................13 . Removal and Installation ........................................14 . Inspection ...............................................................15 .

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS .............................. 3 .


OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS ................. 3 .
Troubleshooting Chart ............................................. 3 .

COOLING FAN .................................................. 16


Exploded View ........................................................16 . Removal and Installation ........................................16 . Disassembly and Assembly ....................................16 . Inspection ...............................................................17 .

PRECAUTION .............................................. 5 .
PRECAUTIONS .................................................. 5 .
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................. 5 . Precaution for Battery Service ................................. 5 .

WATER PUMP .................................................. 18


Exploded View ........................................................18 . Removal and Installation ........................................18 . Inspection ...............................................................20 .

PREPARATION ........................................... 6 .
PREPARATION .................................................. 6 .
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 6 .

WATER INLET AND THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY .................................................................... 21


Exploded View ........................................................21 . Removal and Installation ........................................21 . Inspection ...............................................................21 .

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ......................... 7 .


ENGINE COOLANT ........................................... 7 .
Inspection ................................................................. 7 . Draining .................................................................... 7 . Refilling .................................................................... 8 . Flushing .................................................................... 9 .

WATER OUTLET AND WATER PIPING .......... 23


Exploded View ........................................................23 . Removal and Installation ........................................23 . Inspection ...............................................................24 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ........................................................... 25 .


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 25
Periodical Maintenance Specification ...................25 . Radiator ..................................................................25 . Thermostat .............................................................25 .

RADIATOR ........................................................11 .
RADIATOR CAP ....................................................... 11 . RADIATOR CAP : Inspection ................................. 11 . RADIATOR ............................................................... 11 . RADIATOR : Inspection ......................................... 11 .

Revision: 2009 October

CO-1

2009 G37 Coupe

DESCRIPTION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
Engine Cooling System
INFOID:0000000004250561

JPBIA1830GB

Engine Cooling System Schematic

INFOID:0000000004250562

PBIC5028E

Revision: 2009 October

CO-2

2009 G37 Coupe

OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
Troubleshooting Chart
Symptom Water pump malfunction Thermostat stuck closed Poor heat transfer Damaged fins Clogged radiator cooling tube Cooling fan does not operate Reduced air flow High resistance to fan rotation Damaged fan blades Damaged radiator shroud Cooling system parts malfunction Improper engine coolant mixture ratio Poor engine coolant quality Engine coolant density Cooling hose Water pump Radiator cap Engine coolant leakage Insufficient engine coolant Radiator Loose clamp Cracked hose Poor sealing Loose Poor sealing O-ring for damage, deterioration or improper fitting Cracked radiator tank Cracked radiator core Reservoir tank Overflowing reservoir tank Exhaust gas leakage into cooling system Cracked reservoir tank Cylinder head deterioration Cylinder head gasket deterioration Fan assembly Check items Worn or loose drive belt Dust contamination or paper clogging Physical damage Excess foreign material (rust, dirt, sand, etc.)
INFOID:0000000004250563

CO

Revision: 2009 October

CO-3

2009 G37 Coupe

OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Symptom Check items High engine rpm under no load Abusive driving Driving in low gear for extended time Driving at extremely high speed Overload on engine Powertrain system malfunction Installed improper size wheels and tires Dragging brakes Improper ignition timing Blocked bumper Blocked radiator grille Blocked or restricted air flow Blocked radiator Blocked condenser Installed large fog lamp Installed car brassiere Mud contamination or paper clogging Blocked air flow

Except cooling system parts malfunction

Revision: 2009 October

CO-4

2009 G37 Coupe

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"

CO

INFOID:0000000004685369

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this Service Manual. WARNING: To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS AIR BAG. Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING: When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Precaution for Battery Service

INFOID:0000000004704594

Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interference between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, the window slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automatic window function will not work with the battery disconnected.

Revision: 2009 October

CO-5

2009 G37 Coupe

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools
Tool name Power tool Description Loosening nuts and bolts
INFOID:0000000004250566

PBIC0190E

Radiator cap tester

Checking radiator and radiator cap

PBIC1982E

Radiator cap tester adapter

Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and water outlet (front) filler neck a: 28 (1.10) dia. b: 31.4 (1.236) dia. c: 41.3 (1.626) dia. Unit: mm (in)

S-NT564

Revision: 2009 October

CO-6

2009 G37 Coupe

ENGINE COOLANT
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
ENGINE COOLANT
Inspection
LEVEL
Check if the reservoir tank engine coolant level is within the MIN to MAX when the engine is cool.
A B : MAX : MIN
INFOID:0000000004250567

CO

Adjust the engine coolant level if necessary. Check that the reservoir tank cap is tightened.

JPBIA0102ZZ

LEAKAGE
To check for leakage, apply pressure to the cooling system with the radiator cap tester and radiator cap tester adapter (commercial service tool) (A). Testing pressure : Refer to CO-25, "Radiator".
G

WARNING: Never remove radiator cap when engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high-pressure engine coolant escaping from water inlet (front). CAUTION: Higher test pressure than specified may cause radiator damage. NOTE: In a case that engine coolant decreases, replenish radiator with engine coolant. If anything is found, repair or replace damaged parts.

I
JPBIA0411ZZ

K
INFOID:0000000004250568

Draining

WARNING: To avoid being scalded, never change engine coolant when the engine is hot. Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap and carefully remove radiator cap. First, turn radiator cap a quarter of a turn to release built-up pressure. Then turn radiator cap all the way. 1. Open radiator drain plug (2) at the bottom of radiator, and then remove radiator cap.
1 A : Engine under cover : Radiator drain plug hole : Vehicle front

P
JPBIA0259ZZ

When draining all of engine coolant in the system, open water drain plugs on cylinder block. Refer to EM-79, "Setting". 2. 3. Remove reservoir tank if necessary, and drain engine coolant and clean reservoir tank before installing. Check drained engine coolant for contaminants such as rust, corrosion or discoloration.

Revision: 2009 October

CO-7

2009 G37 Coupe

ENGINE COOLANT
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > If contaminated, flush the engine cooling system. Refer to CO-9, "Flushing".

Refilling
1. 2. Remove air cleaner case (LH). Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View". Install reservoir tank if removed, and radiator drain plug. CAUTION: Be sure to clean drain plug and install with new O-ring. Tightening torque : Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View".

INFOID:0000000004250569

3. 4.

If water drain plugs on cylinder block are removed, close and tighten them. Refer to EM-122, "Disassembly and Assembly". Check that each hose clamp has been firmly tightened. Remove air relief plug (2) on radiator left side.
1 3 : Reservoir tank : Engine cover : Vehicle front

JPBIA0260ZZ

5.

Remove air relief plug (1) on heater hose.


2 : Heater hose : Vehicle front

JPBIA0104ZZ

6.

Fill radiator, and reservoir tank if removed, to specified level. Pour engine coolant through engine coolant filler neck slowly of less than 2 (2-1/8 US qt, 1-3/4 lmp qt) a minute to allow air in system to escape. Use Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant or equivalent mixed with water (distilled or demineralized). Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants". Engine coolant capacity (With reservoir tank at MAX level) : Refer to CO-25, "Periodical Maintenanc e Specification".

JPBIA0412ZZ

Reservoir tank engine coolant capacity (At MAX level)

:Refer to CO-25, "Periodical Maintenance Specification"

Revision: 2009 October

CO-8

2009 G37 Coupe

ENGINE COOLANT
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
A B : MAX : MIN

7.

When engine coolant overflows air relief hole on radiator, install air relief plug with new O-ring. Tightening torque : Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View".

CO

C
JPBIA0102ZZ

8. 9.

Repeat step 6. When engine coolant overflows air relief hole on heater hose, install air relief plug with new O-ring. Then refill radiator with engine coolant. : 1.2 Nm (0.12 kg-m, 11 in-lb)

10. Install air cleaner case (LH). Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View". 11. Install radiator cap. 12. Warm up engine until opening thermostat. Standard for warming-up time is approximately 10 minutes at 3,000 rpm. Check thermostat opening condition by touching radiator hose (lower) to see a flow of warm water. CAUTION: Watch water temperature gauge so as not to overheat engine. 13. Stop the engine and cool down to less than approximately 50C (122F). Cool down using fan to reduce the time. If necessary, refill radiator up to filler neck with engine coolant. 14. Refill reservoir tank to MAX level line with engine coolant. 15. Repeat steps 11 through 14 two or more times with radiator cap installed until engine coolant level no longer drops. 16. Check cooling system for leakage with engine running. 17. Warm up the engine, and check for sound of engine coolant flow while running engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm with heater temperature controller set at several position between COOL and WARM. Sound may be noticeable at heater unit. 18. Repeat step 17 three times. 19. If sound is heard, bleed air from cooling system by repeating step 6, and steps from 11 to 18 until engine coolant level no longer drops. 20. Check that the reservoir tank cap is tightened.

Flushing
1. Install reservoir tank if removed, and radiator drain plug. CAUTION: Be sure to clean drain plug and install with new O-ring. Tightening torque : Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View".

INFOID:0000000004250570

If water drain plugs on cylinder block are removed, close and tighten them. Refer to EM-121, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2009 October

CO-9

2009 G37 Coupe

ENGINE COOLANT
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > 2. Remove air relief plug (1) on heater hose (2).
: Vehicle front

JPBIA0104ZZ

3.

Remove air relief plug (2) on radiator.


1 3 : Reservoir tank : Engine cover : Vehicle front

JPBIA0260ZZ

4.

Fill radiator with water until water spills from the air relief holes, then close air relief plugs. Fill radiator and reservoir tank with water and reinstall radiator cap. Tightening torque : Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View".

5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Run the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Rev the engine two or three times under no-load. Stop the engine and wait until it cools down. Drain water from the system. Refer to CO-7, "Draining". Repeat steps 1 through 8 until clear water begins to drain from radiator. Check that the reservoir tank cap is tightened.

Revision: 2009 October

CO-10

2009 G37 Coupe

RADIATOR
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

RADIATOR
RADIATOR CAP
RADIATOR CAP : Inspection
Check valve seat (A) of radiator cap.
B : Metal plunger
INFOID:0000000004250571

CO

- Check if valve seat is swollen to the extent that the edge of the plunger cannot be seen when watching it vertically from the top. - Check if valve seat has no soil and damage.

E
JPBIA0108ZZ

Pull negative-pressure valve to open it, and check that it close completely when released. - Check that there is no dirt or damage on the valve seat of radiator cap negative-pressure valve. - Check that there are no unusualness in the opening and closing conditions of negative-pressure valve.

SMA967B

Check radiator cap relief pressure. Standard and limit : Refer to CO-25, "Radiator".

- When connecting radiator cap to the radiator cap tester and the radiator cap tester adapter (commercial service tool) (A), apply engine coolant to the cap seal surface.

JPBIA0109ZZ

Replace radiator cap if there is an unusualness related to the above three. CAUTION: When installing radiator cap, thoroughly wipe out the water outlet (front) filler neck to remove any waxy residue or foreign material.

RADIATOR
RADIATOR : Inspection
O
INFOID:0000000004250572

Check radiator for mud or clogging. If necessary, clean radiator as follows: Be careful not to bend or damage radiator fins. When radiator is cleaned without removal, remove all surrounding parts such as radiator cooling fan assembly and horns. Then tape harness and connectors to prevent water from entering. 1. Apply water by hose to the back side of the radiator core vertically downward. 2. Apply water again to all radiator core surfaces once per minute. 3. Stop washing if any stains no longer flow out from radiator. 4. Blow air into the back side of radiator core vertically downward.
Revision: 2009 October

CO-11

2009 G37 Coupe

RADIATOR
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
5. Use compressed air lower than 490 kPa (5 kg/cm2, 71 psi) and keep distance more than 30 cm (11.8 in). Blow air again into all the radiator core surfaces once per minute until no water sprays out.

Revision: 2009 October

CO-12

2009 G37 Coupe

RADIATOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


RADIATOR
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004250573

CO

JPBIA1515GB

1. 4. 7.

Upper mount bracket Condenser pipe assembly Clamp

2. 5. 8.

Mounting rubber (upper) O-ring A/T fluid cooler hose (A/T models)

3. 6. 9.

Radiator & condenser assembly O-ring A/T fluid cooler hose (A/T models)

10. Mounting rubber (lower) 13. Radiator hose (Upper) 16. O-ring 19. O-ring 22. Reservoir tank 25. Reservoir tank hose A. D. To transmission Refer to HA-41, "Exploded View"

11. Clamp 14. Water drain hose 17. Radiator water inlet pipe 20. Air relief plug 23. Reservoir tank hose 26. Grommet B.

12. Radiator hose (lower) 15. Drain plug 18. O-ring 21. Reservoir tank cap 24. Clamp 27. Radiator cooling fan assembly To water outlet

To water inlet and thermostat assembly C.

Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

Revision: 2009 October

CO-13

2009 G37 Coupe

RADIATOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

Removal and Installation


REMOVAL

INFOID:0000000004250574

WARNING: Never remove radiator cap when engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high-pressure engine coolant escaping from water inlet (front). Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly turn it a quarter of a turn to release built-up pressure. Carefully remove radiator cap by turning it all the way. 1. Remove the following parts: Engine under cover with power tool. Engine cover: Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View". Air cleaner case (RH and LH): Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View". Reservoir tank: Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View". Radiator core support ornament, radiator core support center: Refer to DLK-212, "Exploded View". Horn: Refer to HRN-6, "Exploded View". Hood lock: Refer to DLK-209, "HOOD LOCK CONTROL : Exploded View". 2. Remove condenser pipe assembly. Refer to HA-47, "Exploded View". 3. Drain engine coolant from radiator. Refer to CO-7, "Draining". CAUTION: Perform this step when the engine is cold. Never spill engine coolant on drive belt. 4. Disconnect A/T fluid cooler hoses from radiator. (A/T models) Install blind plug to avoid leakage of A/T fluid. 5. Remove radiator hoses (upper and lower) and reservoir tank hose. CAUTION: Be careful not to allow engine coolant to contact drive belt. 6. Remove cooling fan assembly. Refer to CO-16, "Exploded View". CAUTION: Never damage or scratch radiator & condenser assembly core when removing. 7. Rotate two radiator upper mount brackets 90 degrees in direction as shown in the figure, and remove them.
1 A : Radiator upper mount bracket : Turn 90 counterclockwise

JPBIA0105ZZ

8.

a.

Remove radiator & condenser assembly as follows: CAUTION: Be careful not to damage radiator & condenser assembly core. Lift up and pull the radiator & condenser assembly (1) forward, and then remove the mounting rubber (lower) (3) from the radiator core support (2).
: Vehicle front

JPBIA0106ZZ

Revision: 2009 October

CO-14

2009 G37 Coupe

RADIATOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > b. Remove radiator & condenser assembly (1) from front of radiator core support (2).
: Vehicle front

CO

C
JPBIA0107ZZ

INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.

Inspection
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION

E
INFOID:0000000004250575

Check that the reservoir tank cap is tightened. Check for leakage of engine coolant using the radiator cap tester adapter and the radiator cap tester (commercial service tool). Refer to CO-7, "Inspection". Start and warm up the engine. Visually check that there is no leakage of engine coolant and A/T fluid (A/T models).

Revision: 2009 October

CO-15

2009 G37 Coupe

COOLING FAN
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

COOLING FAN
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004250576

JPBIA0240GB

1. 4. A.

Cooling fan (RH) Fan motor (LH) Apply on fan motor shaft

2. 5.

Cooling fan (LH) Fan motor (RH)

3. 6.

Fan shroud Cooling fan control module

: Apply Genuine High Strength thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

Removal and Installation


REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove reservoir tank. Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View". Remove air cleaner case (LH). Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View". Disconnect harness connector from cooling fan control module, and move harness to aside. Remove engine under cover with power tool. Remove cooling fan assembly from under the vehicle. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage or scratch on radiator core.

INFOID:0000000004250577

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Only use genuine parts for cooling fan mounting bolt and observe the specified torque (to prevent core support from being damaged).

Disassembly and Assembly


DISASSEMBLY
1. 2. Disconnect harness from cooling fan control module. Remove cooling fan control module from cooling fan assembly. CAUTION: Handle carefully to avoid dropping and shocks. Remove cooling fan mounting nuts, and then remove the cooling fan (RH and LH). Remove fan motors (RH and LH).

INFOID:0000000004250578

3. 4.

ASSEMBLY
Revision: 2009 October

CO-16

2009 G37 Coupe

COOLING FAN
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Note the following, and assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. CAUTION: RH and LH cooling fans are different. Be careful not to misassemble them. Install each fan in the following position.
Right side Left side : 9 blades : 11 blades

CO

Secure the harness tightly to the fan shroud to prevent the fan rotation area from being loose.

C
INFOID:0000000004250579

Inspection
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL

Check that fan motors operate normally. NOTE: Cooling fans are controlled by cooling fan control module. For details, refer to EC-74, "System Diagram".

INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY


Cooling Fan Inspect cooling fan for crack or unusual bend. If anything is found, replace cooling fan. F

Revision: 2009 October

CO-17

2009 G37 Coupe

WATER PUMP
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

WATER PUMP
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004250580

JPBIA1357GB

1. 4. A.

Timing chain tensioner (primary) O-ring Identify with yellow paint mark

2.

Water pump Identify with light blue paint mark Apply engine coolant

3.

O-ring

B.

Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000004250581

CAUTION: When removing water pump assembly, be careful not to get engine coolant on drive belt. Water pump cannot be disassembled and should be replaced as a unit. After installing water pump, connect hose and clamp securely, then check for leakage using the radiator cap tester and the radiator cap tester adapter (commercial service tool).

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove engine cover. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View". Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-614, "Inspection". Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Remove air duct and air cleaner case assembly (RH and LH). Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View". Remove reservoir tank. Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View". Separate engine harness removing their brackets from front timing chain case. Remove engine undercover with power tool. Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-8, "Draining". CAUTION: Perform this step when the engine is cold. Never spill engine oil on drive belt. 9. Drain engine coolant from radiator. Refer to CO-7, "Draining". CAUTION: Perform this step when the engine is cold. Never spill engine coolant on drive belt. 10. Remove cooling fan assembly. Refer to CO-16, "Exploded View". 11. Remove radiator hose (upper and lower). Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View". 12. Remove front timing chain case. Refer to EM-50, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2009 October

CO-18

2009 G37 Coupe

WATER PUMP
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 13. Remove timing chain tensioner (primary) (1) as follows: a. Remove lower mounting bolt (A). b. Loosen upper mounting bolt (B) slowly, and then turn chain tensioner (primary) on the upper mounting bolt so that plunger (C) is fully expanded. NOTE: Even if plunger is fully expanded, it is not dropped from the body of timing chain tensioner (primary).

CO

C
JPBIA1537ZZ

c.

Remove upper mounting bolt, and then remove timing chain tensioner (primary).
E

14. Remove water pump as follows: a. Remove three water pump mounting bolts. Secure a gap between water pump gear and timing chain, by turning crankshaft counterclockwise until timing chain looseness on water pump sprocket becomes maximum. b. Screw M8 bolts (A) [pitch: 1.25 mm (0.049 in) length: approx. 50 mm (1.97 in)] into water pumps upper and lower mounting bolt holes until they reach timing chain case. Then, alternately tighten each bolt for a half turn, and pull out water pump (1). CAUTION: Pull straight out while preventing vane from contacting socket in installation area. Remove water pump without causing sprocket to contact timing chain. Remove M8 bolts and O-rings from water pump. CAUTION: Never disassemble water pump. Install new O-rings to water pump. Apply engine oil to O-ring (1) and engine coolant to O-ring (3) as shown in the figure.
2 : Water pump

c.

I
JPBIA0111ZZ

INSTALLATION
1.

Locate O-ring with yellow paint mark (A) to front side. Locate O-ring with light blue paint mark (B) to rear side.

JPBIA0112ZZ

2.

Install water pump. CAUTION: Never allow cylinder block to nip O-rings when installing water pump. Check timing chain and water pump sprocket are engaged. Insert water pump by tightening mounting bolts alternately and evenly. Install timing chain tensioner (primary) as follows: Turn crankshaft clockwise so that timing chain on the timing chain tensioner (primary) side is loose.

3. a.

Revision: 2009 October

CO-19

2009 G37 Coupe

WATER PUMP
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > b. Pull plunger stopper tab (A) up (or turn lever downward) so as to remove plunger stopper tab from the ratchet of plunger (D). NOTE: Plunger stopper tab and lever (C) are synchronized. c. Push plunger into the inside of tensioner body. d. Hold plunger in the fully compressed position by engaging plunger stopper tab with the tip of ratchet. e. To secure lever, insert stopper pin (E) through hole of lever into tensioner body hole (B). The lever parts and the tab are synchronized. Therefore, the JPBIA0118ZZ plunger will be secured under this condition. NOTE: Figure shows the example of 1.2 mm (0.047 in) diameter thin screwdriver being used as the stopper pin. f. Install timing chain tensioner (primary). Remove dust and foreign material completely from backside of timing chain tensioner (primary) and from installation area of rear timing chain case.
g. h. 4. Remove stopper pin. Check again that timing chain and water pump sprocket are engaged. Install in the reverse order of removal for remaining parts. After starting engine, let idle for three minutes, then rev engine up to 3,000 rpm under no load to purge air from the high-pressure chamber of chain tensioner. Engine may produce a rattling noise. This indicates that air still remains in the chamber and is not a matter of concern.
INFOID:0000000004250582

Inspection
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Check for badly rusted or corroded water pump body assembly. Check for rough operation due to excessive end play. If anything is found, replace water pump.

SLC943A

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check that the reservoir tank cap is tightened. Check for leakage of engine coolant using the radiator cap tester adapter and the radiator cap tester (commercial service tool). Refer to CO-7, "Inspection". Start and warm up the engine. Visually check that there is no leakage of engine coolant.

Revision: 2009 October

CO-20

2009 G37 Coupe

WATER INLET AND THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

WATER INLET AND THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY


Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004250583

CO

F
JPBIA2743GB

1.

Gasket

2.

Water inlet and thermostat assembly

Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

Removal and Installation


REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

INFOID:0000000004250584

6. 7. 8.

Remove engine cover. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View". Remove air duct and air cleaner case assembly (LH). Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View". Remove reservoir tank.Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View". Remove engine undercover with power tool. Drain engine coolant from radiator drain plug at the bottom of radiator. Refer to CO-7, "Draining". CAUTION: Perform this step when the engine is cold. Never spill engine coolant on drive belt. Disconnect radiator hose (lower). Disconnect intake valve timing control valve harness connector (LH), and remove intake valve timing control solenoid. Remove water inlet and thermostat assembly (1).
A : Do not loosen these screw.

CAUTION: Never disassemble water inlet and thermostat assembly. Replace them as a unit, if necessary.

JPBIA0261ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. Be careful not to spill engine coolant over engine room. Use rag to absorb engine coolant.

Inspection
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Revision: 2009 October

INFOID:0000000004250585

CO-21

2009 G37 Coupe

WATER INLET AND THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 1. Check valve seating condition at ordinary room temperatures. It should seat tightly. 2. Check valve operation.
Thermostat (Standard) : Refer to CO-25, "Thermostat".

If the malfunctioning condition, when valve seating at ordinary room temperature, or measured values are out of the standard, replace water inlet and thermostat assembly.

SLC949A

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check that the reservoir tank cap is tightened. Check for leakage of engine coolant using the radiator cap tester adapter and the radiator cap tester (commercial service tool). Refer to CO-7, "Inspection". Start and warm up the engine. Visually check that there is no leakage of engine coolant.

Revision: 2009 October

CO-22

2009 G37 Coupe

WATER OUTLET AND WATER PIPING


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

WATER OUTLET AND WATER PIPING


Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004496653

CO

J
JPBIA2339GB

1. 4. 7.

Clamp Engine coolant temperature sensor Water outlet (rear)

2. 5. 8. 11.

Water hose Heater hose Gasket Water outlet (front)

3. 6. 9.

Harness bracket Clamp O-ring

10. Water outlet pipe 13. Clamp 16. Heater pipe 19. Water bypass pipe 22. Heater hose A. D. To EVAP piping To electric throttle control actuator

12. Radiator cap 15. Gasket 18. Water hose 21. Water hose C. To radiator

14. Radiator hose (upper) 17. Clamp 20. Clamp 23. O-ring B. To heater core

Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

Removal and Installation


REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

INFOID:0000000004250587

Remove engine cover. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View". Remove reservoir tank. Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View". Remove oil level gauge and guide. Refer to EM-82, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD models) or EM-85, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD models). Remove air duct and air cleaner case assembly (RH and LH). Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View". Remove engine undercover with power tool. Drain engine coolant from radiator drain plug at the bottom of radiator. Refer to CO-7, "Draining".

Revision: 2009 October

CO-23

2009 G37 Coupe

WATER OUTLET AND WATER PIPING


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > CAUTION: Perform this step when the engine is cold. Never spill engine coolant on drive belts. 7. Remove radiator hose (upper) and heater hose. 8. Separate engine harness removing their bracket from water outlet (rear). 9. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor if necessary. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage engine coolant temperature sensor. 10. Remove heater pipe, water bypass pipe and water outlet pipe. 11. Remove water outlet (rear) if necessary. NOTE: Removing engine assembly is required. Refer to EM-69, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD models) or EM-73, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD models).

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. Securely insert each hose, and install clamp at a position where it does not interfere with the pipe bulge. When inserting water outlet pipe and water bypass pipe into water outlet, apply neutral detergent to O-ring. CAUTION: Never allow water outlet (rear) to nip O-rings when installing water outlet pipe and water bypass pipe.

Inspection
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION

INFOID:0000000004250588

Check that the reservoir tank cap is tightened. Check for leakage of engine coolant using the radiator cap tester adapter and the radiator cap tester (commercial service tool). Refer to CO-7, "Inspection". Start and warm up the engine. Visually check that there is no leakage of engine coolant.

Revision: 2009 October

CO-24

2009 G37 Coupe

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Periodical Maintenance Specification
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)
Unit: (US qt, Imp qt)
INFOID:0000000004250589

CO

Engine coolant capacity [With reservoir tank (MAX level)] Reservoir tank engine coolant capacity (At MAX level)

A/T models M/T models

8.5 (9, 7-1/2) 8.6 (9-1/8, 7-5/8) 0.8 (7/8, 3/4)


INFOID:0000000004250590

Radiator
Standard Limit 122.3 - 151.7 (1.2 - 1.5, 18 - 22) 107 (1.1, 16) 157 (1.6, 23)

E
Unit: kPa (kg/cm2, psi)

Cap relief pressure Leakage testing pressure

Thermostat
Thermostat Valve opening temperature Maximum valve lift Valve closing temperature Standard 82C (180F) 8.6 mm/95C (0.339 in/203F) 77C (171F)

INFOID:0000000004250591

Revision: 2009 October

CO-25

2009 G37 Coupe

DRIVER CONTROLS

SECTION

DEF

DEFOGGER

CONTENTS
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 3 .
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 3 .
Work Flow ................................................................ 3 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................14 . Component Inspection ............................................16 .

DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER ........................... 17


Description ..............................................................17 . Component Function Check ...................................17 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................17 .

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 4 .


REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM ............ 4 .
System Diagram ....................................................... 4 . System Description .................................................. 4 . Component Parts Location ....................................... 5 . Component Description ............................................ 5 .

DRIVER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER ... 19


Description ..............................................................19 . Component Function Check ...................................19 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................19 . I

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ............................ 7 .


COMMON ITEM .......................................................... 7 . COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM COMMON ITEM) ...................................................... 7 . REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER .................................... 8 . REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - REAR DEFOGGER) ..................... 8 .

PASSENGER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER ................................................................... 21


Description ..............................................................21 . Component Function Check ...................................21 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................21 .

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM .......... 23


Wiring Diagram - DEFOGGER CONTROL SYSTEM - ......................................................................23 . DEF

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 10 .


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .....10 .
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 10 .

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 28 .


BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) ................. 28
Reference Value .....................................................28 . Wiring Diagram - BCM - .........................................51 . Fail-safe ..................................................................56 . DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..............................58 . DTC Index ..............................................................60 . M

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH ...........11 .


Description ............................................................. 11 . Component Function Check ................................... 11 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 11 .

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY .............12 .


Description ............................................................. 12 . Component Function Check ................................... 12 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 12 . Component Inspection ........................................... 13 .

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................. 63 .


REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE ......................................................... 63
Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................63 .

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER ..........................14 .


Description ............................................................. 14 . Component Function Check ................................... 14 .

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER DO NOT OPERATE. .... 64
Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................64 .

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-1

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE BUT BOTH DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGERS OPERATE. ..................................... 65 .
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 65 .

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE ................................. 68 .


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 68 .

PRECAUTION ............................................ 69
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 69 .
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................ 69 . Precaution for Battery Service ............................... 69 .

DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE .............................................................. 66 .


BOTH SIDES ............................................................ 66 . BOTH SIDES : Diagnosis Procedure .................... 66 . DRIVER SIDE ........................................................... 66 . DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 66 . PASSENGER SIDE .................................................. 66 . PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .......... 66 .

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 70


FILAMENT ........................................................ 70 .
Inspection and Repair ............................................ 70 .

ON IS NOT DISPLAYED WHEN PRESSING REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH BUT IT IS OPERATED .............................................. 67 .
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 67 .

CONDENSER ................................................... 72 .
Exploded View ....................................................... 72 . Removal and Installation ........................................ 72 .

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-2

2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow
DETAILED FLOW
INFOID:0000000004249101

1.OBTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT SYMPTOM


Interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information (conditions and environment when the malfunction occurred) as much as possible when the customer brings the vehicle in. >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC
Perform self diagnosis with CONSULT-III Is any DTC detected? YES >> Refer to DEF-60, "DTC Index" NO >> GO TO 3.

3.REPRODUCE THE MALFUNCTION INFORMATION


Check the malfunction on the vehicle that the customer describes. Inspect the relation of the symptoms and the condition when the symptoms occur. >> GO TO 4.

4.IDENTIFY THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM WITH SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS


Use Symptom diagnosis from the symptom inspection result in step 3. Then identify where to start performing the diagnosis based on possible causes and symptoms. >> GO TO 5.
I J

5.IDENTIFY MALFUNCTIONING PARTS WITH COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS


Perform the diagnosis with Component diagnosis of the applicable system. >> GO TO 6.
K

6.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS


Repair or replace the specified malfunctioning parts. >> GO TO 7.

DEF

7.FINAL CHECK
Check that malfunctions are not reproduced when obtaining the malfunction information from the customer, referring to the symptom inspection result in step 3. Are all malfunctions corrected? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4.

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-3

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004249102

JMLIA0005GB

System Description
Operation Description

INFOID:0000000004249103

Turn rear window defogger switch ON when the ignition switch is turned ON. Then multifunction switch (rear window defogger switch) transmits rear window defogger switch signal to AV control unit via AV communication. AV control unit transmits rear window defogger switch signal to BCM via CAN communication. BCM turns rear window defogger relay ON and transmit rear window defogger ON signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication when rear window defogger switch signal is received. Rear window defogger and door mirror defogger (with mirror defogger) are supplied with power and operate when rear window defogger relay turns ON. AV control unit transmit rear window defogger control signal to multifunction switch (rear window defogger switch) via AV communication. IPDM E/R transmits rear window defogger control signal to AV control unit via CAN communication.

Timer function
BCM turns rear window defogger relay ON for approximately 15 minutes when rear window defogger switch is turned ON. It makes rear window defogger and door mirror defogger (with mirror defogger) operate. Timer is canceled after pressing rear window defogger switch again during timer operation. Then BCM turns rear window defogger relay OFF. The same reaction also occurs during timer operation, if the ignition switch is turned OFF.

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-4

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000004249104

JMLIA0069ZZ

J
1. 4. Rear window defogger relay Rear window defogger switch (built-in multifunction switch M72) AV control unit With NAVI: M87,M88 Without NAVI: M83, M85 Dash side lower (driver side) Behind rear pillar finisher (LH) B. E. Dash side lower (passenger side) Behind cluster lid C
INFOID:0000000004249105

2. 5.

BCM M118, M119, M122, M123 Rear window defogger connector B401, B402

3. 6.

IPDM E/R E6 Condenser B26

7. A. D.

C.

Engine room dash panel (RH)

DEF

Component Description
BCM Rear window defogger relay IPDM E/R Multifunction switch (Rear window defogger switch) AV control unit Rear window defogger Door mirror defogger*

Operates the rear window defogger with the operation of rear window defogger switch Performs the timer control of rear window defogger Operates the rear window defogger and the door mirror defogger with the control signal from BCM Transmit rear window defogger ON signal to AV control unit via CAN communication The rear window defogger switch is installed Turns the indicator lamp ON when detecting the operation of rear window defogger Displays the rear window defogger ON to the display when detecting the operation of rear window defogger Heats the heating wire with the power supply from the rear window defogger relay to prevent the rear window from fogging up Heats the heating wire with the power supply from the rear window defogger relay to prevent the door mirror from fogging up

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-5

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
*:

With mirror defogger

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-6

2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)


COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)
APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.
INFOID:0000000004610468

C
Diagnosis mode Work Support Self Diagnostic Result CAN Diag Support Monitor Data Monitor Active Test Ecu Identification Configuration Function Description Changes the setting for each system function. Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM. Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III operation manual. The BCM input/output signals are displayed. The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM. The BCM part number is displayed. This function is not used even though it is displayed.

SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions for each system. NOTE: It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
: Applicable item

System Door lock Rear window defogger Warning chime Interior room lamp timer Exterior lamp Wiper and washer Turn signal and hazard warning lamps Intelligent Key system Engine start system Combination switch Body control system IVIS - NATS Interior room lamp battery saver Trunk lid open Vehicle security system RAP system Signal buffer system TPMS NOTE: *: This item is displayed, but is not used.

Sub system selection item DOOR LOCK REAR DEFOGGER BUZZER INT LAMP HEAD LAMP WIPER FLASHER AIR CONDITONER* INTELLIGENT KEY COMB SW BCM IMMU BATTERY SAVER TRUNK THEFT ALM RETAINED PWR* SIGNAL BUFFER TPMS (AIR PRESSURE MONITOR)

Diagnosis mode Work Support Data Monitor Active Test

DEF

FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)


The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on CONSULT-III.
Revision: 2009 October

DEF-7

2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
CONSULT screen item Vehicle Speed Odo/Trip Meter Indication/Unit km/h km SLEEP>LOCK SLEEP>OFF LOCK>ACC ACC>ON RUN>ACC CRANK>RUN RUN>URGENT ACC>OFF OFF>LOCK Vehicle Condition OFF>ACC ON>CRANK OFF>SLEEP LOCK>SLEEP LOCK OFF ACC ON ENGINE RUN CRANKING Power position status of the moment a particular DTC is detected Description Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected Total mileage (Odometer value) of the moment a particular DTC is detected While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to normal mode (Power supply position is LOCK) While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to normal mode (Power supply position is OFF.) While turning power supply position from LOCK to ACC While turning power supply position from ACC to IGN While turning power supply position from RUN to ACC (Vehicle is stopping and selector lever is except P position.) While turning power supply position from CRANKING to RUN (From cranking up the engine to run it) While turning power supply position from RUN to ACC (Emergency stop operation) While turning power supply position from ACC to OFF While turning power supply position from OFF to LOCK While turning power supply position from OFF to ACC While turning power supply position from IGN to CRANKING While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply position is OFF.) to low power consumption mode While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply position is LOCK.) to low power consumption mode Power supply position is LOCK (Ignition switch OFF with steering is locked.) Power supply position is OFF (Ignition switch OFF with steering is unlocked.) Power supply position is ACC (Ignition switch ACC) Power supply position is IGN (Ignition switch ON with engine stopped) Power supply position is RUN (Ignition switch ON with engine running) Power supply position is CRANKING (At engine cranking) The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after DTC is detected The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now. The number increases like 1 2 3...38 39 after returning to the normal condition whenever ignition switch OFF ON. The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.

IGN Counter

0 - 39

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER


REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - REAR DEFOGGER)
INFOID:0000000004249107

Data monitor
Monitor Item REAR DEF SW PUSH SW Description This is displayed even when it is not equipped. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of push switch.

ACTIVE TEST

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-8

2009 G37 Coupe

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Test Item REAR DEFOGGER Description This test is able to check rear window defogger operation. Rear window defogger operates when ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched.

DEF

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-9

2009 G37 Coupe

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004249108

1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK


Check that the following fuse and fusible link are not blown.
Terminal No. 1 11 Signal name Battery power supply Fuse and fusible link No. K (40 A) 10 (10 A)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse or fusible link is blown.

2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM connectors. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
(+) BCM Connector M118 M119 Terminal 1 11 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair harness or connector.

3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
BCM Connector M119 Terminal 13 Ground Continuity Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair harness or connector.

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-10

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH


Description
INFOID:0000000004249109

The rear window defogger is operated by turning the rear window defogger switch ON. The indicator lamp in the rear window defogger illuminates when the rear window defogger is operating.

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000004249110

1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION


Check that the indicator lamp of rear window defogger illuminates when rear window defogger switch ON. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Rear window defogger switch function is OK. NO >> Refer to DEF-11, "Diagnosis Procedure"

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004249111

1.CHECK MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH (REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH)


Does multifunction switch operate normally? Base audio without navigation. Refer to AV-19, "Diagnosis Description" BOSE audio without navigation. Refer to AV-138, "Diagnosis Description" BOSE audio with navigation. Refer to AV-393, "Diagnosis Description" Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace multifunction switch (rear window defogger switch). Refer to AV-119, "Removal and Installation"

DEF

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-11

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY


Description
Power is supplied to the rear window defogger with BCM control.
INFOID:0000000004249112

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000004249113

1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Perform Active Test (REAR DEFOGGER) with CONSULT-III. 2. Touch ON. 3. Check that the rear window heating wire is getting warmer. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Rear window defogger relay power supply circuit is OK. NO >> Refer to DEF-12, "Diagnosis Procedure"

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004249114

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch off. 2. Check the following. 10A fuse [No.3, located in fuse block (J/B)] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.

2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER CIRCUIT 1


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
(+) BCM Connector M123 Terminal 151 Ground Rear window defogger switch ON OFF 0 Battery voltage () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER CIRCUIT 2


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM connector and rear window defogger relay. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
BCM Connector M123 Terminal 151 Fuse block (J/B) Connector M2 Terminal 4B Continuity Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace harness.

4.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY


Check rear window defogger relay. Refer to DEF-13, "Component Inspection" Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: 2009 October

DEF-12

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace rear window defogger relay.

5.CHECK FUSE BLOCK (J/B)


1. 2. 3. Install the rear window defogger relay. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between fuse block (J/B) (fuse block side) and ground.
(+) Fuse block (J/B) Connector M2 Terminal 4B Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (V) (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace fuse block (J/B).

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident" >> INSPECTION END
F G
INFOID:0000000004249115

Component Inspection

1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect rear window defogger relay. Check rear window defogger relay.
Terminal Rear window defogger relay 3 5 Condition 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2. No current supply Continuity

Existed Not existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace rear window defogger relay.

DEF
SEF497Y

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-13

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER


Description
INFOID:0000000004249116

Heats the heating wire with the power supply from the rear window defogger relay to prevent the rear window from fogging up.

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000004249117

1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER


1. Perform Active Test (REAR DEFOGGER) with CONSULT-III. 2. Touch ON. 3. Check that the rear window heating wire is getting warmer. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Rear window defogger is OK. NO >> Refer to DEF-14, "Diagnosis Procedure"

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004249118

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check the following. 20A fuse [No.14, located in fuse block (J/B)] 20A fuse [No.15, located in fuse block (J/B)] Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.

2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between rear window defogger connector and ground.
(+) Rear window defogger Connector B401 Terminal 1 Ground Rear window defogger switch ON OFF Battery voltage 0 () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4.

3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect rear window defogger connector. Check continuity between rear window defogger harness connector and ground.
Rear window defogger Connector B402 Terminal 2 Ground Continuity Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or replace harness.

4.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER CIRCUIT 1


Revision: 2009 October

DEF-14

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect condenser connector and rear window defogger connector. 3. Check continuity between condenser (condenser side) and rear window defogger harness connector.
Condenser Connector B26 Terminal 1 Rear window defogger Connector B401 Terminal 1 Continuity Existed

4.

Check continuity between condenser (condenser side) connector and ground.


Condenser Connector B26 Terminal 1 Ground Continuity Not existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace condenser. Refer to DEF-72, "Removal and Installation"

5.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER CIRCUIT 2


1. 2. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) connector. Check continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and condenser harness connector.
Fuse block (J/B) Connector B6 Terminal 10G 11G Connector B26 Condenser Terminal 1

G
Continuity

H
Existed

3.

Check continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and ground.
Fuse block (J/B) Connector B6 Terminal 10G 11G Ground Not existed Continuity

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace harness.

6.CHECK FUSE BLOCK (J/B)


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between fuse block (J/B) (fuse block side) and ground.
(+) Fuse block (J/B) Connector Terminal 10G B6 11G Ground Rear window defogger switch ON OFF ON OFF Battery voltage 0 Battery voltage 0 () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)

DEF

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair or replace fuse block (J/B).

7.CHECK FILAMENT
Check filament. Refer to DEF-16, "Component Inspection"
Revision: 2009 October

DEF-15

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair filament.

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident" >> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000004249119

1.CHECK FILAMENT
Check the filament for damage or blown. Refer to DEF-70, "Inspection and Repair" Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair filament.

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-16

2009 G37 Coupe

DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER


Description
Power is supplied to the door mirror defogger with BCM control.
INFOID:0000000004249120

B
INFOID:0000000004249121

Component Function Check

1.CHECK DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER


1. Perform Active Test (REAR DEFOGGER) with CONSULT-III. 2. Touch ON. 3. Check that both side door mirror glass is getting warmer. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Door mirror defogger is OK. NO >> Refer to DEF-17, "Diagnosis Procedure"

E
INFOID:0000000004612090

Diagnosis Procedure

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check 10A fuse [No.13, located in fuse block (J/B)]. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.

2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Disconnect door mirror (driver side) connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between door mirror (driver side) harness connector and ground.
(+) Door mirror (driver side) Connector D3 Terminal 4 Ground Rear window defogger switch ON OFF Battery voltage 0 () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 3.

DEF

3.CHECK DRIVER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) connector. Check continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and door mirror (driver side) harness connector.
Fuse block (J/B) Connector M3 Terminal 10C Door mirror (driver side) Connector D3 Terminal 4 Continuity Existed

4.

Check continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and ground.
Fuse block (J/B) Connector M3 Terminal 10C Ground Continuity Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


Revision: 2009 October

DEF-17

2009 G37 Coupe

DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace harness.

4.CHECK FUSE BLOCK (J/B)


1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between fuse block (J/B) (fuse block side) and ground.
(+) Fuse block (J/B) Connector M3 Terminal 10C Ground Rear window defogger switch ON OFF Battery voltage 0 () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace fuse block (J/B).

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-18

2009 G37 Coupe

DRIVER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

DRIVER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER


Description
INFOID:0000000004249123

Heats the heating wire with the power supply from the rear window defogger relay to prevent the door mirror from fogging up.

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000004249124

1.CHECK DRIVER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER


1. Perform Active Test (REAR DEFOGGER) with CONSULT-III. 2. Touch ON. 3. Check that the driver side door mirror glass is getting warmer. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Driver side door mirror defogger is OK. NO >> Refer to DEF-19, "Diagnosis Procedure"

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004249125

1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect door mirror (driver side) connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between door mirror (driver side) harness connector and ground.
(+) Door mirror (driver side) Connector D3 Terminal 4 Ground Rear window defogger switch ON OFF Battery voltage 0 () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DRIVER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. DEF Check continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and door mirror (driver side) harness connector.
Fuse block (J/B) Connector M3 Terminal 10C Door mirror (driver side) Connector D3 Terminal 4

M
Continuity Existed

3.

Check continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and ground.
Fuse block (J/B) Connector M3 Terminal 10C Ground Continuity Not existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace harness.

3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between door mirror (driver side) harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-19

2009 G37 Coupe

DRIVER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Door mirror (driver side) Connector D3 Terminal 8 Ground Continuity Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace door mirror glass (driver side). Refer to MIR-19, "GLASS MIRROR : Disassembly and Assembly" NO >> Repair or replace harness.

4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident" Is the inspection result normal? >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-20

2009 G37 Coupe

PASSENGER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

PASSENGER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER


Description
INFOID:0000000004249127

Heats the heating wire with the power supply from the rear window defogger relay to prevent the door mirror from fogging up.

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000004249128

1.CHECK PASSENGER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER


1. Perform Active Test (REAR DEFOGGER) with CONSULT-III. 2. Touch ON. 3. Check that the passenger side door mirror glass is getting warmer. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Passenger side door mirror defogger is OK. NO >> Refer to DEF-21, "Diagnosis Procedure"

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000004249129

1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect door mirror (passenger side) connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between door mirror (passenger side) harness connector and ground.
(+) Door mirror (passenger side) Connector D33 Terminal 4 Ground Rear window defogger switch ON OFF Battery voltage 0 () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK PASSENGER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. DEF Check continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and door mirror (passenger side) harness connector.
Fuse block (J/B) Connector M3 Terminal 9C Door mirror (passenger side) Connector D33 Terminal 4

M
Continuity Existed

3.

Check continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and ground.
Fuse block (J/B) Connector M3 Terminal 9C Ground Continuity Not existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace harness.

3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between door mirror (passenger side) harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-21

2009 G37 Coupe

PASSENGER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Door mirror (passenger side) Connector D33 Terminal 8 Ground Continuity Existed

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace door mirror glass (passenger side). Refer to MIR-19, "GLASS MIRROR : Disassembly and Assembly" NO >> Repair or replace harness.

4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident" >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-22

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM


Wiring Diagram - DEFOGGER CONTROL SYSTEM INFOID:0000000004249132

DEF

P
JCLWM2726GB

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-23

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

JCLWM2727GB

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-24

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

DEF

O
JCLWM2728GB

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-25

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

JCLWM2729GB

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-26

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

DEF

O
JCLWM2730GB

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-27

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
Reference Value
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM
INFOID:0000000004610460

Monitor Item FR WIPER HI Other than front wiper switch HI Front wiper switch HI Other than front wiper switch LO Front wiper switch LO Front washer switch OFF Front washer switch ON Other than front wiper switch INT Front wiper switch INT Front wiper is not in STOP position Front wiper is in STOP position

Condition

Value/Status Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Wiper intermittent dial position Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off On Off

FR WIPER LOW

FR WASHER SW

FR WIPER INT

FR WIPER STOP INT VOLUME TURN SIGNAL R

Wiper intermittent dial is in a dial position 1 - 7 Other than turn signal switch RH Turn signal switch RH Other than turn signal switch LH Turn signal switch LH Other than lighting switch 1ST and 2ND Lighting switch 1ST or 2ND Other than lighting switch HI Lighting switch HI Other than lighting switch 2ND Lighting switch 2ND Other than lighting switch 2ND Lighting switch 2ND Other than lighting switch PASS Lighting switch PASS Other than lighting switch AUTO Lighting switch AUTO Front fog lamp switch OFF Front fog lamp switch ON NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Driver door closed Driver door opened Passenger door closed Passenger door opened NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored.

TURN SIGNAL L

TAIL LAMP SW

HI BEAM SW

HEAD LAMP SW 1

HEAD LAMP SW 2

PASSING SW

AUTO LIGHT SW

FR FOG SW RR FOG SW DOOR SW-DR

DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RR

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-28

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Monitor Item DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-BK CDL LOCK SW Condition NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Other than power door lock switch LOCK Power door lock switch LOCK Other than power door lock switch UNLOCK Power door lock switch UNLOCK Other than driver door key cylinder LOCK position Driver door key cylinder LOCK position Other than driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position Driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Hazard switch is OFF Hazard switch is ON NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Trunk lid opener cancel switch OFF Trunk lid opener cancel switch ON Trunk lid opener switch OFF While the trunk lid opener switch is turned ON Trunk lid closed Trunk lid opened LOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed LOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed TRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed TRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is pressed PANIC button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed PANIC button of the Intelligent Key is pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed and held simultaneously LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held simultaneously OPTICAL SENSOR Bright outside of the vehicle Dark outside of the vehicle Driver door request switch is not pressed Driver door request switch is pressed Passenger door request switch is not pressed Passenger door request switch is pressed NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Value/Status

A
Off Off Off On Off On Off On Off On Off

CDL UNLOCK SW

KEY CYL LK-SW

KEY CYL UN-SW KEY CYL SW-TR HAZARD SW REAR DEF SW H/L WASH SW TR CANCEL SW

F
Off On Off Off Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Close to 5 V Close to 0 V Off On Off On Off

TR/BD OPEN SW

TRNK/HAT MNTR

RKE-LOCK

RKE-UNLOCK

DEF

RKE-TR/BD

RKE-PANIC

RKE-P/W OPEN

RKE-MODE CHG

REQ SW -DR

REQ SW -AS REQ SW -RR

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-29

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Monitor Item REQ SW -RL REQ SW -BD/TR Condition NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Trunk lid opener request switch is not pressed Trunk lid opener request switch is pressed Push-button ignition switch (push switch) is not pressed Push-button ignition switch (push switch) is pressed Ignition switch in OFF or ACC position Ignition switch in ON position NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. The clutch pedal is not depressed The clutch pedal is depressed The brake pedal is depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown BRAKE SW 1 The brake pedal is not depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown, or No. 7 fuse is normal The brake pedal is not depressed The brake pedal is depressed Selector lever in P position (Except M/T models) The clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models) Selector lever in any position other than P (Except M/T models) The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models) Selector lever in any position other than P and N Selector lever in P or N position Steering is unlocked Steering is locked Steering is locked Steering is unlocked Ignition switch in OFF or ACC position Ignition switch in ON position Driver door is unlocked Driver door is locked Push-button ignition switch (push-switch) is not pressed Push-button ignition switch (push-switch) is pressed Ignition switch in OFF or ACC position Ignition switch in ON position Selector lever in any position other than P Selector lever in P position Selector lever in any position other than P and N (Except M/T models) The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models) Selector lever in P or N position The clutch pedal is depressed Selector lever in any position other than P Selector lever in P position Selector lever in any position other than N Selector lever in N position Value/Status Off Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On

PUSH SW

IGN RLY2 -F/B ACC RLY -F/B CLUCH SW

BRAKE SW 2

DETE/CANCL SW

SFT PN/N SW

S/L -LOCK

S/L -UNLOCK

S/L RELAY-F/B

UNLK SEN -DR

PUSH SW -IPDM

IGN RLY1 -F/B

DETE SW -IPDM

SFT PN -IPDM

SFT P -MET

SFT N -MET

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-30

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Monitor Item Engine stopped ENGINE STATE While the engine stalls At engine cranking Engine running S/L LOCK-IPDM Steering is unlocked Steering is locked Steering is locked Steering is unlocked Steering lock system is not the LOCK condition and the changing condition from LOCK to UNLOCK Steering lock system are not the LOCK condition or the changing condition from LOCK to UNLOCK While driving While driving Driver door is locked DOOR STAT-DR Wait with selective UNLOCK operation (60 seconds) Driver door is unlocked Passenger door is locked DOOR STAT-AS Wait with selective UNLOCK operation (60 seconds) Passenger door is unlocked ID OK FLAG Steering is locked Steering is unlocked The engine start is prohibited The engine start is permitted NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. The Intelligent Key is not inserted into key slot The Intelligent Key is inserted into key slot During the operation of the Intelligent Key NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by any key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by any key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the fourth key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the fourth key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the third key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the third key ID registered to BCM. Condition Value/Status Stop Stall Crank Run Off On Off On Off On Equivalent to speedometer reading Equivalent to speedometer reading LOCK READY UNLOCK LOCK READY UNLOCK Reset Set Reset Set Reset Off On Operation frequency of the Intelligent Key Yet

S/L UNLK-IPDM

S/L RELAY-REQ

VEH SPEED 1 VEH SPEED 2

PRMT ENG STRT PRMT RKE STRT KEY SW -SLOT RKE OPE COUN1 RKE OPE COUN2

DEF

CONFRM ID ALL

N
Done Yet Done

CONFIRM ID4

P
Yet Done

CONFIRM ID3

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-31

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Monitor Item Condition The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the second key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the second key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the first key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the first key ID registered to BCM. The ID of fourth Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM The ID of fourth Intelligent Key is registered to BCM The ID of third Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM The ID of third Intelligent Key is registered to BCM The ID of second Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM The ID of second Intelligent Key is registered to BCM The ID of first Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM The ID of first Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received) Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received) Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received) Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received) ID of front LH tire transmitter is registered ID of front LH tire transmitter is not registered ID of front RH tire transmitter is registered ID of front RH tire transmitter is not registered ID of rear RH tire transmitter is registered ID of rear RH tire transmitter is not registered ID of rear LH tire transmitter is registered ID of rear LH tire transmitter is not registered Tire pressure indicator OFF Tire pressure indicator ON Tire pressure warning alarm is not sounding Tire pressure warning alarm is sounding Value/Status Yet Done Yet Done Yet Done Yet Done Yet Done Yet Done Air pressure of front LH tire Air pressure of front RH tire Air pressure of rear RH tire Air pressure of rear LH tire Done Yet Done Yet Done Yet Done Yet Off On Off On

CONFIRM ID2

CONFIRM ID1

TP 4

TP 3

TP 2

TP 1 AIR PRESS FL AIR PRESS FR AIR PRESS RR AIR PRESS RL ID REGST FL1

ID REGST FR1

ID REGST RR1

ID REGST RL1

WARNING LAMP

BUZZER

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-32

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > TERMINAL LAYOUT
A

DEF

O
JPMIA0062ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-33

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + 1 (W) 2 (Y) 3 (O) Ground Ground Ground Description Signal name Battery power supply P/W power supply (BAT) P/W power supply (RAP) Input/ Output Input Output Output Condition Value (Approx.) Battery voltage 12 V 12 V 0V

Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Interior room lamp battery saver is activated. (Cuts the interior room lamp power supply)

4 (LG)

Ground

Interior room lamp power supply

Output

Interior room lamp battery saver is not activated. (Outputs the interior room lamp power supply) Passenger door UNLOCK (Actuator is activated) Other than UNLOCK (Actuator is not activated) ON OFF LOCK (Actuator is activated) Other than LOCK (Actuator is not activated) UNLOCK (Actuator is activated) Other than UNLOCK (Actuator is not activated)

12 V

5 (P)

Ground

Passenger door UNLOCK

12 V 0V 0V 12 V 12 V 0V 12 V 0V Battery voltage 0V 0V NOTE: When the illumination brightening/dimming level is in the neutral position.

Output

7 (SB)

Ground

Step lamp

Output

Step lamp

8 (V)

Ground

All doors, fuel lid LOCK

Output

All doors, fuel lid

9 (G) 11 (R) 13 (B)

Ground

Driver door, fuel lid UNLOCK

Output

Driver door, fuel lid

Ground Ground

Battery power supply Ground

Input

Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON OFF

14 (W)

Ground

Push-button ignition switch illumination ground

Output

Tail lamp

ON

JSNIA0010GB

15 (O)

Ground

ACC indicator lamp

Output

Ignition switch

OFF (LOCK indicator is not illuminated) ACC

Battery voltage 0V

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-34

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Turn signal switch OFF Value (Approx.) 0V

17 (W)

Ground

Turn signal RH (Front)

Output

Ignition switch ON

C
Turn signal switch RH

D
PKID0926E

6.5 V Turn signal switch OFF 0V

18 (O)

Ground

Turn signal LH (Front)

Output

Ignition switch ON

F
Turn signal switch LH

G
PKID0926E

6.5 V 19 (V) Ground Room lamp timer control Output Interior room lamp OFF ON Turn signal switch OFF 12 V 0V 0V

20 (V)

Ground

Turn signal RH (Rear)

Output

Ignition switch ON

Turn signal switch RH

PKID0926E

6.5 V OPEN (Trunk lid opener actuator is activated) Other than OPEN (Trunk lid opener actuator is not activated) Turn signal switch OFF 12 V

DEF

23 (L)

Ground

Trunk lid open

Output

Trunk lid

0V 0V

N
25 (Y) Ignition switch ON

Ground

Turn signal LH (Rear)

Output

Turn signal switch LH

PKID0926E

6.5 V 30 (P) Ground Trunk room lamp Output Trunk room lamp ON OFF 0V 12 V

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-35

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Value (Approx.)

When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compartment


JMKIA0062GB

34 (SB)

Ground

Trunk room antenna ()

Output

Ignition switch OFF

When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compartment


JMKIA0063GB

When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compartment


JMKIA0062GB

35 (V)

Ground

Trunk room antenna (+)

Output

Ignition switch OFF

When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compartment


JMKIA0063GB

When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area When the trunk lid opener request switch is operated with ignition switch OFF When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
JMKIA0063GB JMKIA0062GB

38 (B)

Ground

Rear bumper antenna ()

Output

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-36

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Value (Approx.)

B
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area When the trunk lid opener request switch is operated with ignition switch OFF When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
JMKIA0063GB JMKIA0062GB

39 (W)

Ground

Rear bumper antenna (+)

Output

47 (Y)

Ground

Ignition relay (IPDM E/R) control

Output

Ignition switch

OFF or ACC ON

12 V 0V

50 (R)

Ground

Trunk room lamp switch

Input

Trunk room lamp switch

OFF (Trunk lid is closed)

JPMIA0011GB

11.8 V ON (Trunk lid is opened) Ignition switch ON (A/T models) 52 (SB) Ground Starter relay control Output Ignition switch ON (M/T models) When selector lever is in P or N position When selector lever is not in P or N position When the clutch pedal is depressed When the clutch pedal is not depressed ON (Pressed) 0V 12 V 0V

DEF
Battery voltage 0V 0V

N
61 (SB) Trunk lid opener request switch Trunk lid opener request switch

Ground

Input

OFF (Not pressed)

JPMIA0016GB

1.0 V 64 (L) Ground Intelligent Key warning buzzer (Engine room) Output Intelligent Key warning buzzer (Engine room) Sounding Not sounding 0V 12 V

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-37

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Pressed Value (Approx.) 0V

67 (GR)

Ground

Trunk lid opener switch

Input

Trunk lid opener switch

Not pressed

JPMIA0011GB

11.8 V

When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compartment


JMKIA0062GB

72 (R)

Ground

Room antenna 2 () (Center console)

Output

Ignition switch OFF

When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compartment


JMKIA0063GB

When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compartment


JMKIA0062GB

73 (G)

Ground

Room antenna 2 (+) (Center console)

Output

Ignition switch OFF

When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compartment


JMKIA0063GB

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-38

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Value (Approx.)

B
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area When the passenger door request switch is operated with ignition switch OFF When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
JMKIA0063GB JMKIA0062GB

74 (SB)

Ground

Passenger door antenna ()

Output

When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area When the passenger door request switch is operated with ignition switch OFF When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
JMKIA0063GB JMKIA0062GB

75 (BR)

Ground

Passenger door antenna (+)

Output

DEF

M
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area When the driver door request switch is operated with ignition switch OFF When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
JMKIA0063GB JMKIA0062GB

76 (V)

Ground

Driver door antenna ()

Output

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-39

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Value (Approx.)

When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area When the driver door request switch is operated with ignition switch OFF When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
JMKIA0063GB JMKIA0062GB

77 (LG)

Ground

Driver door antenna (+)

Output

When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compartment


JMKIA0062GB

78 (Y)

Ground

Room antenna 1 () (Instrument panel)

Output

Ignition switch OFF

When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compartment


JMKIA0063GB

When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compartment


JMKIA0062GB

79 (BR)

Ground

Room antenna 1 (+) (Instrument panel)

Output

Ignition switch OFF

When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compartment


JMKIA0063GB

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-40

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + 80 (GR) 81 (W) 82 (R) Ground Description Signal name NATS antenna amp (Built in key slot) NATS antenna amp (Built in key slot) Ignition relay [Fuse block (J/B)] control Input/ Output Input/ Output Input/ Output Output During waiting Condition Ignition switch is pressed while inserting the Intelligent Key into the key slot. Ignition switch is pressed while inserting the Intelligent Key into the key slot. OFF or ACC ON Value (Approx.) Just after pressing ignition switch. Pointer of tester should move. Just after pressing ignition switch. Pointer of tester should move. 0V 12 V

Ground

During waiting

Ground

Ignition switch

E
During waiting

F
JMKIA0064GB

83 (Y)

Ground

Remote keyless entry receiver communication

Input/ Output

When operating either button on the Intelligent Key

JMKIA0065GB

J
All switches OFF (Wiper intermittent dial 4)

K
JPMIA0041GB

1.4 V

DEF

M
87 (Y) Ground Combination switch INPUT 5 Input Combination switch Front fog lamp switch ON (Wiper intermittent dial 4)

N
JPMIA0037GB

1.3 V

O
Any of the conditions below with all switches OFF Wiper intermittent dial 1 Wiper intermittent dial 2 Wiper intermittent dial 6 Wiper intermittent dial 7
JPMIA0040GB

1.3 V

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-41

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Value (Approx.)

All switches OFF (Wiper intermittent dial 4)

JPMIA0041GB

1.4 V

Lighting switch HI (Wiper intermittent dial 4)

JPMIA0036GB

88 (O)

Ground

Combination switch INPUT 3

Input

Combination switch

1.3 V

Lighting switch 2ND (Wiper intermittent dial 4)

JPMIA0037GB

1.3 V

Any of the conditions below with all switches OFF Wiper intermittent dial 1 Wiper intermittent dial 2 Wiper intermittent dial 3
JPMIA0040GB

1.3 V 89 (BR) 90 (P) 91 (L) Ground Push-button ignition switch (Push switch) CAN-L CAN-H Input Input/ Output Input/ Output Push-button ig- Pressed nition switch Not pressed (push switch) OFF 0V Battery voltage 0V

Ground Ground

92 (LG)

Ground

Key slot illumination

Output

Key slot illumination

Blinking

JPMIA0015GB

6.5 V ON 12 V

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-42

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + 93 (Y) 95 (O) 96 (GR) 97 (L) 98 (P) Ground Description Signal name Input/ Output Output Ignition switch Condition OFF (LOCK indicator is not illuminated) ON Ground ACC relay control A/T shift selector (Detention switch) power supply Steering lock condition No. 1 Steering lock condition No. 2 Selector lever P position switch ASCD clutch switch (M/T models without ICC) Output Ignition switch OFF ACC or ON LOCK status UNLOCK status LOCK status UNLOCK status P position Any position other than P OFF (Clutch pedal is depressed) ON (Clutch pedal is not depressed) OFF (Clutch pedal is depressed) ON (Clutch pedal is not depressed) ON (Pressed) Value (Approx.) Battery voltage 0V 0V 12 V 12 V 0V 12 V 12 V 0V 0V 12 V 0V 12 V

ON indicator lamp

Ground

Output

Ground

Input

Steering lock

Ground

Input

Steering lock

Selector lever

99 (R)

Ground

Input

ASCD clutch switch

H
0V 12 V 0V

ICC clutch switch (M/ T models with ICC)

ICC clutch switch

J
100 (Y) Ground Passenger door request switch Input Passenger door request switch

OFF (Not pressed)

JPMIA0016GB

1.0 V ON (Pressed) 0V

DEF

M
101 (P) Driver door request switch Driver door request switch

Ground

Input

OFF (Not pressed)

JPMIA0016GB

1.0 V 102 (O) 103 (LG) 106 (W) Ground Blower fan motor relay control Remote keyless entry receiver power supply Steering lock unit power supply Output Ignition switch OFF or ACC ON 0V 12 V 12 V 12 V 0V

Ground

Output

Ignition switch OFF OFF or ACC ON

Ground

Output

Ignition switch

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-43

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Value (Approx.)

All switches OFF

JPMIA0041GB

1.4 V

Turn signal switch LH

JPMIA0037GB

1.3 V

107 (LG)

Ground

Combination switch INPUT 1

Input

Combination switch (Wiper intermittent dial 4)

Turn signal switch RH

JPMIA0036GB

1.3 V

Front wiper switch LO

JPMIA0038GB

1.3 V

Front washer switch ON

JPMIA0039GB

1.3 V

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-44

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Value (Approx.)

B
All switches OFF (Wiper intermittent dial 4)

JPMIA0041GB

1.4 V

E
Lighting switch AUTO (Wiper intermittent dial 4)

F
JPMIA0038GB

108 (R)

Ground

Combination switch INPUT 4

Input

Combination switch

1.3 V

Lighting switch 1ST (Wiper intermittent dial 4)

JPMIA0036GB

1.3 V

J
Any of the conditions below with all switches OFF Wiper intermittent dial 1 Wiper intermittent dial 5 Wiper intermittent dial 6
JPMIA0039GB

1.3 V

DEF

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-45

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Value (Approx.)

All switches OFF

JPMIA0041GB

1.4 V

Lighting switch PASS

JPMIA0037GB

1.3 V

109 (W)

Ground

Combination switch INPUT 2

Input

Combination switch (Wiper intermittent dial 4)

Lighting switch 2ND

JPMIA0036GB

1.3 V

Front wiper switch INT

JPMIA0038GB

1.3 V

Front wiper switch HI

JPMIA0040GB

1.3 V ON 0V

110 (G)

Ground

Hazard switch

Input

Hazard switch

OFF

JPMIA0012GB

1.1 V

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-46

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition LOCK status Value (Approx.) 12 V

C
LOCK or UNLOCK 111 (Y) Ground Steering lock unit communication Input/ Output Steering lock

D
JMKIA0066GB

For 15 seconds after UNLOCK 15 seconds or later after UNLOCK 113 (O) Ignition switch ON When bright outside of the vehicle When dark outside of the vehicle OFF (Clutch pedal is not depressed) ON (Clutch pedal is depressed) OFF (Brake pedal is not depressed) ON (Brake pedal is depressed)

12 V 0V

F
Close to 5 V Close to 0 V 0V

Ground

Optical sensor

Input

114 (R) 116 (SB)

Ground

Clutch interlock switch

Input

Clutch interlock switch

H
Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V

Ground

Stop lamp switch 1

Input

Stop lamp switch 2 (Without ICC) 118 (BR) Ground Stop lamp switch 2 (With ICC) Input

Stop lamp switch

J
Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage

Stop lamp switch OFF (Brake pedal is not depressed) and ICC brake hold relay OFF Stop lamp switch ON (Brake pedal is depressed) or ICC brake hold relay ON

DEF

119 (SB)

Ground

Driver side door lock assembly (Unlock sensor)

Input

Driver door

LOCK status (Unlock sensor switch OFF)


JPMIA0012GB

1.1 V UNLOCK status (Unlock switch sensor ON) 121 (SB) When the Intelligent Key is inserted into key slot When the Intelligent Key is not inserted into key slot Ignition switch OFF or ACC ON 0V

12 V

Ground

Key slot switch

Input

P
0V 0V Battery voltage

123 (W)

Ground

IGN feedback

Input

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-47

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Value (Approx.)

124 (LG)

Ground

Passenger door switch

Input

Passenger door switch

OFF (Door close)

JPMIA0011GB

11.8 V ON (Door open) 0V

129 (O)

Ground

Trunk lid opener cancel switch

Input

Trunk lid opener cancel switch

CANCEL

JPMIA0012GB

1.1 V ON 0V

132 (V)

Ground

Power window switch communication

Input/ Output

Ignition switch ON

JPMIA0013GB

10.2 V Ignition switch OFF or ACC ON (Tail lamps OFF) 12 V 9.5 V NOTE: The pulse width of this wave is varied by the illumination brightening/dimming level. 133 (L) Ground Push-button ignition switch illumination Output Push-button ignition switch il- ON (Tail lamps ON) lumination

JPMIA0159GB

OFF 134 (LG) 137 (O) 138 (V) Ground Ground Ground LOCK indicator lamp Receiver and sensor ground Receiver and sensor power supply Output Input Output LOCK indicator lamp OFF ON

0V Battery voltage 0V 0V 0V 5.0 V

Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF ACC or ON

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-48

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Value (Approx.)

B
Standby state

139 (L)

Ground

Tire pressure receiver communication

Input/ Output

Ignition switch ON

OCC3881D

When receiving the signal from the transmitter

F
OCC3880D

140 (GR)

Ground

Selector lever P/N position (A/T models)

Input

Selector lever

P or N position Except P and N positions ON

12 V 0V 0V

H
141 (R) Security indicator

Ground

Security indicator

Output

Blinking

I
JPMIA0014GB

11.3 V OFF All switches OFF Lighting switch 1ST Combination switch (Wiper intermittent dial 4) Lighting switch HI Lighting switch 2ND 12 V 0V

142 (BR)

Ground

Combination switch OUTPUT 5

Output

DEF

Turn signal switch RH


JPMIA0031GB

M
10.7 V

All switches OFF (Wiper intermittent dial 4) Front wiper switch HI (Wiper intermittent dial 4) 143 (V) Ground Combination switch OUTPUT 1 Output Combination switch Any of the conditions below with all switches OFF Wiper intermittent dial 1 Wiper intermittent dial 2 Wiper intermittent dial 3 Wiper intermittent dial 6 Wiper intermittent dial 7

0V

P
JPMIA0032GB

10.7 V

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-49

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition All switches OFF (Wiper intermittent dial 4) Front washer switch ON (Wiper intermittent dial 4) 144 (G) Ground Combination switch OUTPUT 2 Output Combination switch Any of the conditions below with all switches OFF Wiper intermittent dial 1 Wiper intermittent dial 5 Wiper intermittent dial 6 10.7 V All switches OFF Front wiper switch INT Combination switch (Wiper intermittent dial 4) Front wiper switch LO 0V Value (Approx.) 0V

JPMIA0033GB

145 (L)

Ground

Combination switch OUTPUT 3

Output

Lighting switch AUTO


JPMIA0034GB

10.7 V All switches OFF Front fog lamp switch ON Combination switch (Wiper intermittent dial 4) Lighting switch 2ND Lighting switch PASS 0V

146 (SB)

Ground

Combination switch OUTPUT 4

Output

Turn signal switch LH


JPMIA0035GB

10.7 V 149 (W) Ground Tire pressure warning check switch Input 12 V

150 (R)

Ground

Driver door switch

Input

Driver door switch

OFF (Door close)

JPMIA0011GB

11.8 V ON (Door open) 151 (G) Ground Rear window defogger relay control Output Rear window defogger Active Not activated 0V 0V Battery voltage

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-50

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

Wiring Diagram - BCM -

INFOID:0000000004610461

DEF

JCMWM3046GB

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-51

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

JCMWM3047GB

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-52

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
A

DEF

O
JCMWM3048GB

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-53

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

JCMWM3049GB

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-54

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
A

DEF

O
JCMWM3050GB

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-55

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

JCMWM3051GB

Fail-safe
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC
BCM performs fail-safe control when any DTC are detected.

INFOID:0000000004610462

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-56

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Display contents of CONSULT B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM B2195: ANTI SCANNING B2557: VEHICLE SPEED Fail-safe Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit steering lock Erase DTC Erase DTC Erase DTC Erase DTC Erase DTC Erase DTC Ignition switch ON OFF When normal vehicle speed signals are received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for 500 ms 500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status becomes consistent Starter control relay signal Starter relay status signal 500 ms after the following signal reception status becomes consistent Selector lever P position switch signal P range signal (CAN) 5 seconds after the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled Ignition switch is in the ON position Selector lever P position switch signal: Except P position (battery voltage) Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more 500 ms after the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled Ignition switch is in the ON position Selector lever P position switch signal: Except P position (battery voltage) Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V) 500 ms after any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled Status 1 - Ignition switch is in the ON position - Selector lever P/N position signal: P and N position (battery voltage) - P range signal or N range signal (CAN): ON Status 2 - Ignition switch is in the ON position - Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V) - P range signal and N range signal (CAN): OFF 500 ms after any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled Status 1 - Ignition switch is in the ON position - Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V) - Interlock/PNP switch signal (CAN): OFF Status 2 - Ignition switch is in the ON position - Selector lever P/N position signal: P or N position (battery voltage) - PNP switch signal (CAN): ON 500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status becomes consistent Steering lock relay signal (Request signal) Steering lock relay signal (Condition signal) Cancellation

B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY

Inhibit engine cranking

B2601: SHIFT POSITION

Inhibit steering lock

B2602: SHIFT POSITION

Inhibit steering lock

B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS

Inhibit steering lock

B2604: PNP SW

Inhibit steering lock

DEF

B2605: PNP SW

Inhibit steering lock

B2606: S/L RELAY

Inhibit engine cranking

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-57

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Display contents of CONSULT Fail-safe Cancellation 500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status has becomes consistent Steering lock relay signal (Request signal) Steering lock relay signal (Condition signal) 500 ms after the following signal communication status becomes consistent Starter motor relay control signal Starter relay status signal (CAN) When the following steering lock conditions agree BCM steering lock control status Steering lock condition No. 1 signal status Steering lock condition No. 2 signal status 500 ms after the following conditions are fulfilled IGN relay (IPDM E/R) control signal: OFF (Battery voltage) Ignition ON signal (CAN to IPDM E/R): OFF (Request signal) Ignition ON signal (CAN from IPDM E/R): OFF (Condition signal) When any of the following conditions are fulfilled Power position changes to ACC Receives engine status signal (CAN) When any of the following conditions are fulfilled Steering lock unit status signal (CAN) is received normally The BCM steering lock control status matches the steering lock status recognized by the steering lock unit status signal (CAN from IPDM E/R) 1 second after the starter motor relay control inside BCM becomes normal 1 second after the ignition relay (IPDM E/R) control inside BCM becomes normal 1 second after the steering lock unit power supply output control inside BCM becomes normal BCM initialization When any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled Status 1 - Clutch switch signal (CAN from ECM): ON - Clutch interlock switch signal: OFF (0 V) Status 2 - Clutch switch signal (CAN from ECM): OFF - Clutch interlock switch signal: ON (Battery voltage) When BCM transmits the LOCK request signal to steering lock unit, and receives LOCK response signal from steering lock unit, the following conditions are fulfilled Steering condition No. 1 signal: LOCK (0 V) Steering condition No. 2 signal: LOCK (Battery voltage)

B2607: S/L RELAY

Inhibit engine cranking

B2608: STARTER RELAY

Inhibit engine cranking

B2609: S/L STATUS

Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit steering lock

B260A: IGNITION RELAY

Inhibit engine cranking

B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOST

Maintains the power supply position attained at the time of DTC detection

B2612: S/L STATUS

Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit steering lock

B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC B2618: BCM B2619: BCM B261E: VEHICLE TYPE

Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking

B26E8: CLUTCH SW

Inhibit engine cranking

B26E9: S/L STATUS

Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit steering lock

HIGH FLASHER OPERATION


BCM detects the turn signal lamp circuit status by the current value. BCM increases the turn signal lamp blinking speed if the bulb or harness open is detected with the turn signal lamp operating. NOTE: The blinking speed is normal while activating the hazard warning lamp.

DTC Inspection Priority Chart

INFOID:0000000004610463

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart.

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-58

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Priority 1 2 B2562: LOW VOLTAGE U1000: CAN COMM U1010: CONTROL UNIT(CAN) B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM B2195: ANTI SCANNING B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM B2553: IGNITION RELAY B2555: STOP LAMP B2556: PUSH-BTN IGN SW B2557: VEHICLE SPEED B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY B2601: SHIFT POSITION B2602: SHIFT POSITION B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS B2604: PNP SW B2605: PNP SW B2606: S/L RELAY B2607: S/L RELAY B2608: STARTER RELAY B2609: S/L STATUS B260A: IGNITION RELAY B260B: STEERING LOCK UNIT B260C: STEERING LOCK UNIT B260D: STEERING LOCK UNIT B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOST B2612: S/L STATUS B2614: ACC RELAY CIRC B2615: BLOWER RELAY CIRC B2616: IGN RELAY CIRC B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC B2618: BCM B2619: BCM B261A: PUSH-BTN IGN SW B261E: VEHICLE TYPE B26E8: CLUTCH SW B26E9: S/L STATUS B26EA: KEY REGISTRATION C1729: VHCL SPEED SIG ERR U0415: VEHICLE SPEED SIG DTC

DEF

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-59

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Priority C1704: LOW PRESSURE FL C1705: LOW PRESSURE FR C1706: LOW PRESSURE RR C1707: LOW PRESSURE RL C1708: [NO DATA] FL C1709: [NO DATA] FR C1710: [NO DATA] RR C1711: [NO DATA] RL C1712: [CHECKSUM ERR] FL C1713: [CHECKSUM ERR] FR C1714: [CHECKSUM ERR] RR C1715: [CHECKSUM ERR] RL C1716: [PRESSDATA ERR] FL C1717: [PRESSDATA ERR] FR C1718: [PRESSDATA ERR] RR C1719: [PRESSDATA ERR] RL C1720: [CODE ERR] FL C1721: [CODE ERR] FR C1722: [CODE ERR] RR C1723: [CODE ERR] RL C1724: [BATT VOLT LOW] FL C1725: [BATT VOLT LOW] FR C1726: [BATT VOLT LOW] RR C1727: [BATT VOLT LOW] RL C1734: CONTROL UNIT DTC

B2621: INSIDE ANTENNA B2622: INSIDE ANTENNA B2623: INSIDE ANTENNA


INFOID:0000000004610464

DTC Index

NOTE: The details of time display are as follows. CRNT: A malfunction is detected now. PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past. IGN counter is displayed on Freeze Frame Data. For details of Freeze Frame Data, refer to BCS-14, "COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)".
Freeze Frame Data Vehicle Speed Odo/Trip Meter Vehicle condition Tire pressure monitor warning lamp ON

CONSULT display

Fail-safe

Intelligent Key warning lamp ON

Reference page

No DTC is detected. further testing may be required. U1000: CAN COMM U1010: CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U0415: VEHICLE SPEED SIG B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM B2195: ANTI SCANNING B2553: IGNITION RELAY B2555: STOP LAMP

BCS-35 BCS-36 BCS-37 SEC-55 SEC-56 SEC-47 SEC-50 SEC-51 SEC-53 SEC-54 PCS-48 SEC-59

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-60

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
CONSULT display Fail-safe Freeze Frame Data Vehicle Speed Odo/Trip Meter Vehicle condition Intelligent Key warning lamp ON (Turn ON for 15 seconds) (Turn ON for 15 seconds) (Turn ON for 15 seconds) Tire pressure monitor warning lamp ON WT-17 Reference page SEC-61 SEC-63 SEC-64 BCS-38 SEC-65 SEC-68 SEC-70 SEC-73 SEC-75 SEC-77 SEC-78 SEC-80 SEC-82 PCS-50 SEC-86 SEC-87 SEC-88 SEC-89 SEC-94 PCS-52 PCS-54 PCS-56 SEC-98 PCS-58 SEC-100 PCS-59

B2556: PUSH-BTN IGN SW B2557: VEHICLE SPEED B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY B2562: LOW VOLTAGE B2601: SHIFT POSITION B2602: SHIFT POSITION B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS B2604: PNP SW B2605: PNP SW B2606: S/L RELAY B2607: S/L RELAY B2608: STARTER RELAY B2609: S/L STATUS B260A: IGNITION RELAY B260B: STEERING LOCK UNIT B260C: STEERING LOCK UNIT B260D: STEERING LOCK UNIT B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOST B2612: S/L STATUS B2614: ACC RELAY CIRC B2615: BLOWER RELAY CIRC B2616: IGN RELAY CIRC B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC B2618: BCM B2619: BCM B261A: PUSH-BTN IGN SW B261E: VEHICLE TYPE B2621: INSIDE ANTENNA B2622: INSIDE ANTENNA B2623: INSIDE ANTENNA B26E8: CLUTCH SW B26E9: S/L STATUS B26EA: KEY REGISTRATION C1704: LOW PRESSURE FL C1705: LOW PRESSURE FR C1706: LOW PRESSURE RR C1707: LOW PRESSURE RL

DEF
SEC-101 DLK-55 DLK-57 DLK-59 SEC-90 SEC-92 SEC-93

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-61

2009 G37 Coupe

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
CONSULT display Fail-safe Freeze Frame Data Vehicle Speed Odo/Trip Meter Vehicle condition Intelligent Key warning lamp ON Tire pressure monitor warning lamp ON WT-32 WT-33 WT-29 WT-26 WT-24 WT-21 WT-19 Reference page

C1708: [NO DATA] FL C1709: [NO DATA] FR C1710: [NO DATA] RR C1711: [NO DATA] RL C1712: [CHECKSUM ERR] FL C1713: [CHECKSUM ERR] FR C1714: [CHECKSUM ERR] RR C1715: [CHECKSUM ERR] RL C1716: [PRESSDATA ERR] FL C1717: [PRESSDATA ERR] FR C1718: [PRESSDATA ERR] RR C1719: [PRESSDATA ERR] RL C1720: [CODE ERR] FL C1721: [CODE ERR] FR C1722: [CODE ERR] RR C1723: [CODE ERR] RL C1724: [BATT VOLT LOW] FL C1725: [BATT VOLT LOW] FR C1726: [BATT VOLT LOW] RR C1727: [BATT VOLT LOW] RL C1729: VHCL SPEED SIG ERR C1734: CONTROL UNIT

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-62

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004249136

1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check power supply and ground circuit. Refer to DEF-10, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
C

2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH


Check rear window defogger switch. Refer to DEF-11, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
E F

3.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY


Check rear window defogger relay. Refer to DEF-12, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

4.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER


Check rear window defogger. Refer to DEF-14, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

5.CONFIRM THE OPERATION


Confirm the operation again. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". NO >> GO TO 1.

DEF

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-63

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER DO NOT OPERATE.


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER DO NOT OPERATE.


Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004249137

1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check power supply and ground circuit. Refer to DEF-10, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH


Check rear window defogger switch. Refer to DEF-11, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

3.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY


Check rear window defogger relay. Refer to DEF-12, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

4.CONFIRM THE OPERATION


Confirm the operation again. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". NO >> GO TO 1.

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-64

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE BUT BOTH DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGERS OPERATE.
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE BUT BOTH DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGERS OPERATE.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004249138

1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER


Check rear window defogger. Refer to DEF-14, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
C

2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION


Confirm the operation again Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". NO >> GO TO 1.
E

DEF

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-65

2009 G37 Coupe

DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE


BOTH SIDES
BOTH SIDES : Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004249139

1.CHECK DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER


Check door mirror defogger. Refer to DEF-17, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION


Confirm the operation again. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". NO >> GO TO 1.

DRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004249140

1.CHECK DRIVER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER


Check driver side door mirror defogger. Refer to DEF-19, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION


Confirm the operation again. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". NO >> GO TO 1.

PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004249141

1.CHECK PASSENGER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER.


Check passenger side door mirror defogger. Refer to DEF-21, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION


Confirm the operation again. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". NO >> GO TO 1.

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-66

2009 G37 Coupe

ON IS NOT DISPLAYED WHEN PRESSING REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH BUT IT IS OPERATED
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

ON IS NOT DISPLAYED WHEN PRESSING REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH BUT IT IS OPERATED
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004249142

1.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT FUNCTION


Check that the AV control unit is operating normally. Base audio without navigation refer to AV-10, "Work Flow". Bose audio without navigation refer to AV-125, "Work Flow". Bose audio with navigation refer to AV-372, "Work Flow". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
C

2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION


Confirm the operation again. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". NO >> GO TO 1.

DEF

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-67

2009 G37 Coupe

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE


Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004249143

1.CHECK MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH (REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH)


Check rear window defogger operate. YES NO >> Replace multifunction switch (rear window defogger switch). Refer to AV-119, "Removal and Installation" >> Check rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-3, "Work Flow"

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-68

2009 G37 Coupe

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000004249144

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this Service Manual. WARNING: To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS AIR BAG. Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING: When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Precaution for Battery Service

INFOID:0000000004610466

K Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interference between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, the window slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automatic DEF window function will not work with the battery disconnected.

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-69

2009 G37 Coupe

FILAMENT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


FILAMENT
Inspection and Repair
INSPECTION
1. When measuring voltage, wrap tin foil around the top of the negative probe. Then press the foil against the wire with your finger.
INFOID:0000000004249145

SEL122R

2.

Attach probe circuit tester (in Volt range) to middle portion of each filament.

SEL263

3. 4.

If a filament is burned out, circuit tester registers 0 or battery voltage. To locate burned out point, move probe to left and right along filament. Test needle will swing abruptly when probe passes the point.

SEL265

REPAIR
REPAIR EQUIPMENT Conductive silver composition (Dupont No. 4817 or equivalent)

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-70

2009 G37 Coupe

FILAMENT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Ruler 30 cm (11.8 in) long Drawing pen Heat gun Alcohol Cloth
REPAIRING PROCEDURE

1. 2.

3.

Wipe broken heat wire and its surrounding area clean with a cloth dampened in alcohol. Apply a small amount of conductive silver composition to tip of drawing pen. Shake silver composition container before use. Place ruler on glass along broken line. Deposit conductive silver composition on break with drawing pen. Slightly overlap existing heat wire on both sides [preferably 5 mm (0.20 in)] of the break.

E
PIIA0215E

4.

After repair has been completed, check repaired wire for continuity. This check should be conducted 10 minutes after silver composition is deposited. Do not touch repaired area while test is being conducted.

I
SEL012D

5.

Apply a constant stream of hot air directly to the repaired area for approximately 20 minutes with a heat gun. A minimum distance of 3 cm (1.2 in) should be kept between repaired area and hot air outlet. If a heat gun is not available, let the repaired area dry for 24 hours.

DEF

SEL013D

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-71

2009 G37 Coupe

CONDENSER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

CONDENSER
Exploded View
Refer toINT-14, "Exploded View"
INFOID:0000000004249146

Removal and Installation


REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Remove the rear seat cushion and the rear seatback. Refer to SE-192, "Removal and Installation" Remove the rear kickplate, rear wheel well garnish and the rear pillar finisher. Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installation" Remove bolt (A), and then remove condenser (1) from the vehicle body.

INFOID:0000000004249147

JMLIA0080ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2009 October

DEF-72

2009 G37 Coupe